Provided by: liblapack-doc_3.11.0-2build1_all bug

NAME

       doubleOTHERcomputational - double

SYNOPSIS

   Functions
       subroutine ctplqt (M, N, L, MB, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, WORK, INFO)
           CTPLQT
       subroutine ctplqt2 (M, N, L, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, INFO)
           CTPLQT2
       subroutine ctpmlqt (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, MB, V, LDV, T, LDT, A, LDA, B, LDB, WORK,
           INFO)
           CTPMLQT
       subroutine dbbcsd (JOBU1, JOBU2, JOBV1T, JOBV2T, TRANS, M, P, Q, THETA, PHI, U1, LDU1, U2,
           LDU2, V1T, LDV1T, V2T, LDV2T, B11D, B11E, B12D, B12E, B21D, B21E, B22D, B22E, WORK,
           LWORK, INFO)
           DBBCSD
       subroutine dgetsqrhrt (M, N, MB1, NB1, NB2, A, LDA, T, LDT, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DGETSQRHRT
       subroutine dgghd3 (COMPQ, COMPZ, N, ILO, IHI, A, LDA, B, LDB, Q, LDQ, Z, LDZ, WORK, LWORK,
           INFO)
           DGGHD3
       subroutine dgghrd (COMPQ, COMPZ, N, ILO, IHI, A, LDA, B, LDB, Q, LDQ, Z, LDZ, INFO)
           DGGHRD
       subroutine dggqrf (N, M, P, A, LDA, TAUA, B, LDB, TAUB, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DGGQRF
       subroutine dggrqf (M, P, N, A, LDA, TAUA, B, LDB, TAUB, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DGGRQF
       subroutine dggsvp3 (JOBU, JOBV, JOBQ, M, P, N, A, LDA, B, LDB, TOLA, TOLB, K, L, U, LDU,
           V, LDV, Q, LDQ, IWORK, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DGGSVP3
       subroutine dgsvj0 (JOBV, M, N, A, LDA, D, SVA, MV, V, LDV, EPS, SFMIN, TOL, NSWEEP, WORK,
           LWORK, INFO)
           DGSVJ0 pre-processor for the routine dgesvj.
       subroutine dgsvj1 (JOBV, M, N, N1, A, LDA, D, SVA, MV, V, LDV, EPS, SFMIN, TOL, NSWEEP,
           WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DGSVJ1 pre-processor for the routine dgesvj, applies Jacobi rotations targeting only
           particular pivots.
       subroutine dhsein (SIDE, EIGSRC, INITV, SELECT, N, H, LDH, WR, WI, VL, LDVL, VR, LDVR, MM,
           M, WORK, IFAILL, IFAILR, INFO)
           DHSEIN
       subroutine dhseqr (JOB, COMPZ, N, ILO, IHI, H, LDH, WR, WI, Z, LDZ, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DHSEQR
       subroutine dla_lin_berr (N, NZ, NRHS, RES, AYB, BERR)
           DLA_LIN_BERR computes a component-wise relative backward error.
       subroutine dla_wwaddw (N, X, Y, W)
           DLA_WWADDW adds a vector into a doubled-single vector.
       subroutine dlals0 (ICOMPQ, NL, NR, SQRE, NRHS, B, LDB, BX, LDBX, PERM, GIVPTR, GIVCOL,
           LDGCOL, GIVNUM, LDGNUM, POLES, DIFL, DIFR, Z, K, C, S, WORK, INFO)
           DLALS0 applies back multiplying factors in solving the least squares problem using
           divide and conquer SVD approach. Used by sgelsd.
       subroutine dlalsa (ICOMPQ, SMLSIZ, N, NRHS, B, LDB, BX, LDBX, U, LDU, VT, K, DIFL, DIFR,
           Z, POLES, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, PERM, GIVNUM, C, S, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DLALSA computes the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form. Used by sgelsd.
       subroutine dlalsd (UPLO, SMLSIZ, N, NRHS, D, E, B, LDB, RCOND, RANK, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DLALSD uses the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem.
       double precision function dlansf (NORM, TRANSR, UPLO, N, A, WORK)
           DLANSF returns the value of the 1-norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm,
           or the element of largest absolute value of a symmetric matrix in RFP format.
       subroutine dlarscl2 (M, N, D, X, LDX)
           DLARSCL2 performs reciprocal diagonal scaling on a matrix.
       subroutine dlarz (SIDE, M, N, L, V, INCV, TAU, C, LDC, WORK)
           DLARZ applies an elementary reflector (as returned by stzrzf) to a general matrix.
       subroutine dlarzb (SIDE, TRANS, DIRECT, STOREV, M, N, K, L, V, LDV, T, LDT, C, LDC, WORK,
           LDWORK)
           DLARZB applies a block reflector or its transpose to a general matrix.
       subroutine dlarzt (DIRECT, STOREV, N, K, V, LDV, TAU, T, LDT)
           DLARZT forms the triangular factor T of a block reflector H = I - vtvH.
       subroutine dlascl2 (M, N, D, X, LDX)
           DLASCL2 performs diagonal scaling on a matrix.
       subroutine dlatrz (M, N, L, A, LDA, TAU, WORK)
           DLATRZ factors an upper trapezoidal matrix by means of orthogonal transformations.
       subroutine dopgtr (UPLO, N, AP, TAU, Q, LDQ, WORK, INFO)
           DOPGTR
       subroutine dopmtr (SIDE, UPLO, TRANS, M, N, AP, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
           DOPMTR
       subroutine dorbdb (TRANS, SIGNS, M, P, Q, X11, LDX11, X12, LDX12, X21, LDX21, X22, LDX22,
           THETA, PHI, TAUP1, TAUP2, TAUQ1, TAUQ2, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORBDB
       subroutine dorbdb1 (M, P, Q, X11, LDX11, X21, LDX21, THETA, PHI, TAUP1, TAUP2, TAUQ1,
           WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORBDB1
       subroutine dorbdb2 (M, P, Q, X11, LDX11, X21, LDX21, THETA, PHI, TAUP1, TAUP2, TAUQ1,
           WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORBDB2
       subroutine dorbdb3 (M, P, Q, X11, LDX11, X21, LDX21, THETA, PHI, TAUP1, TAUP2, TAUQ1,
           WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORBDB3
       subroutine dorbdb4 (M, P, Q, X11, LDX11, X21, LDX21, THETA, PHI, TAUP1, TAUP2, TAUQ1,
           PHANTOM, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORBDB4
       subroutine dorbdb5 (M1, M2, N, X1, INCX1, X2, INCX2, Q1, LDQ1, Q2, LDQ2, WORK, LWORK,
           INFO)
           DORBDB5
       subroutine dorbdb6 (M1, M2, N, X1, INCX1, X2, INCX2, Q1, LDQ1, Q2, LDQ2, WORK, LWORK,
           INFO)
           DORBDB6
       recursive subroutine dorcsd (JOBU1, JOBU2, JOBV1T, JOBV2T, TRANS, SIGNS, M, P, Q, X11,
           LDX11, X12, LDX12, X21, LDX21, X22, LDX22, THETA, U1, LDU1, U2, LDU2, V1T, LDV1T, V2T,
           LDV2T, WORK, LWORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DORCSD
       subroutine dorcsd2by1 (JOBU1, JOBU2, JOBV1T, M, P, Q, X11, LDX11, X21, LDX21, THETA, U1,
           LDU1, U2, LDU2, V1T, LDV1T, WORK, LWORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DORCSD2BY1
       subroutine dorg2l (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, INFO)
           DORG2L generates all or part of the orthogonal matrix Q from a QL factorization
           determined by sgeqlf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dorg2r (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, INFO)
           DORG2R generates all or part of the orthogonal matrix Q from a QR factorization
           determined by sgeqrf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dorghr (N, ILO, IHI, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGHR
       subroutine dorgl2 (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, INFO)
           DORGL2
       subroutine dorglq (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGLQ
       subroutine dorgql (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGQL
       subroutine dorgqr (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGQR
       subroutine dorgr2 (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, INFO)
           DORGR2 generates all or part of the orthogonal matrix Q from an RQ factorization
           determined by sgerqf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dorgrq (M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGRQ
       subroutine dorgtr (UPLO, N, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGTR
       subroutine dorgtsqr (M, N, MB, NB, A, LDA, T, LDT, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGTSQR
       subroutine dorgtsqr_row (M, N, MB, NB, A, LDA, T, LDT, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORGTSQR_ROW
       subroutine dorhr_col (M, N, NB, A, LDA, T, LDT, D, INFO)
           DORHR_COL
       subroutine dorm2l (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
           DORM2L multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a QL factorization
           determined by sgeqlf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dorm2r (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
           DORM2R multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a QR factorization
           determined by sgeqrf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dormbr (VECT, SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMBR
       subroutine dormhr (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, ILO, IHI, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMHR
       subroutine dorml2 (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
           DORML2 multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a LQ factorization
           determined by sgelqf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dormlq (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMLQ
       subroutine dormql (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMQL
       subroutine dormqr (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMQR
       subroutine dormr2 (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
           DORMR2 multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a RQ factorization
           determined by sgerqf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dormr3 (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
           DORMR3 multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a RZ factorization
           determined by stzrzf (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dormrq (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMRQ
       subroutine dormrz (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMRZ
       subroutine dormtr (SIDE, UPLO, TRANS, M, N, A, LDA, TAU, C, LDC, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DORMTR
       subroutine dpbcon (UPLO, N, KD, AB, LDAB, ANORM, RCOND, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DPBCON
       subroutine dpbequ (UPLO, N, KD, AB, LDAB, S, SCOND, AMAX, INFO)
           DPBEQU
       subroutine dpbrfs (UPLO, N, KD, NRHS, AB, LDAB, AFB, LDAFB, B, LDB, X, LDX, FERR, BERR,
           WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DPBRFS
       subroutine dpbstf (UPLO, N, KD, AB, LDAB, INFO)
           DPBSTF
       subroutine dpbtf2 (UPLO, N, KD, AB, LDAB, INFO)
           DPBTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization of a symmetric/Hermitian positive definite
           band matrix (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dpbtrf (UPLO, N, KD, AB, LDAB, INFO)
           DPBTRF
       subroutine dpbtrs (UPLO, N, KD, NRHS, AB, LDAB, B, LDB, INFO)
           DPBTRS
       subroutine dpftrf (TRANSR, UPLO, N, A, INFO)
           DPFTRF
       subroutine dpftri (TRANSR, UPLO, N, A, INFO)
           DPFTRI
       subroutine dpftrs (TRANSR, UPLO, N, NRHS, A, B, LDB, INFO)
           DPFTRS
       subroutine dppcon (UPLO, N, AP, ANORM, RCOND, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DPPCON
       subroutine dppequ (UPLO, N, AP, S, SCOND, AMAX, INFO)
           DPPEQU
       subroutine dpprfs (UPLO, N, NRHS, AP, AFP, B, LDB, X, LDX, FERR, BERR, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DPPRFS
       subroutine dpptrf (UPLO, N, AP, INFO)
           DPPTRF
       subroutine dpptri (UPLO, N, AP, INFO)
           DPPTRI
       subroutine dpptrs (UPLO, N, NRHS, AP, B, LDB, INFO)
           DPPTRS
       subroutine dpstf2 (UPLO, N, A, LDA, PIV, RANK, TOL, WORK, INFO)
           DPSTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization with complete pivoting of a real symmetric
           positive semidefinite matrix.
       subroutine dpstrf (UPLO, N, A, LDA, PIV, RANK, TOL, WORK, INFO)
           DPSTRF computes the Cholesky factorization with complete pivoting of a real symmetric
           positive semidefinite matrix.
       subroutine dsbgst (VECT, UPLO, N, KA, KB, AB, LDAB, BB, LDBB, X, LDX, WORK, INFO)
           DSBGST
       subroutine dsbtrd (VECT, UPLO, N, KD, AB, LDAB, D, E, Q, LDQ, WORK, INFO)
           DSBTRD
       subroutine dsfrk (TRANSR, UPLO, TRANS, N, K, ALPHA, A, LDA, BETA, C)
           DSFRK performs a symmetric rank-k operation for matrix in RFP format.
       subroutine dspcon (UPLO, N, AP, IPIV, ANORM, RCOND, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DSPCON
       subroutine dspgst (ITYPE, UPLO, N, AP, BP, INFO)
           DSPGST
       subroutine dsprfs (UPLO, N, NRHS, AP, AFP, IPIV, B, LDB, X, LDX, FERR, BERR, WORK, IWORK,
           INFO)
           DSPRFS
       subroutine dsptrd (UPLO, N, AP, D, E, TAU, INFO)
           DSPTRD
       subroutine dsptrf (UPLO, N, AP, IPIV, INFO)
           DSPTRF
       subroutine dsptri (UPLO, N, AP, IPIV, WORK, INFO)
           DSPTRI
       subroutine dsptrs (UPLO, N, NRHS, AP, IPIV, B, LDB, INFO)
           DSPTRS
       subroutine dstegr (JOBZ, RANGE, N, D, E, VL, VU, IL, IU, ABSTOL, M, W, Z, LDZ, ISUPPZ,
           WORK, LWORK, IWORK, LIWORK, INFO)
           DSTEGR
       subroutine dstein (N, D, E, M, W, IBLOCK, ISPLIT, Z, LDZ, WORK, IWORK, IFAIL, INFO)
           DSTEIN
       subroutine dstemr (JOBZ, RANGE, N, D, E, VL, VU, IL, IU, M, W, Z, LDZ, NZC, ISUPPZ,
           TRYRAC, WORK, LWORK, IWORK, LIWORK, INFO)
           DSTEMR
       subroutine dtbcon (NORM, UPLO, DIAG, N, KD, AB, LDAB, RCOND, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DTBCON
       subroutine dtbrfs (UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, N, KD, NRHS, AB, LDAB, B, LDB, X, LDX, FERR, BERR,
           WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DTBRFS
       subroutine dtbtrs (UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, N, KD, NRHS, AB, LDAB, B, LDB, INFO)
           DTBTRS
       subroutine dtfsm (TRANSR, SIDE, UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, M, N, ALPHA, A, B, LDB)
           DTFSM solves a matrix equation (one operand is a triangular matrix in RFP format).
       subroutine dtftri (TRANSR, UPLO, DIAG, N, A, INFO)
           DTFTRI
       subroutine dtfttp (TRANSR, UPLO, N, ARF, AP, INFO)
           DTFTTP copies a triangular matrix from the rectangular full packed format (TF) to the
           standard packed format (TP).
       subroutine dtfttr (TRANSR, UPLO, N, ARF, A, LDA, INFO)
           DTFTTR copies a triangular matrix from the rectangular full packed format (TF) to the
           standard full format (TR).
       subroutine dtgsen (IJOB, WANTQ, WANTZ, SELECT, N, A, LDA, B, LDB, ALPHAR, ALPHAI, BETA, Q,
           LDQ, Z, LDZ, M, PL, PR, DIF, WORK, LWORK, IWORK, LIWORK, INFO)
           DTGSEN
       subroutine dtgsja (JOBU, JOBV, JOBQ, M, P, N, K, L, A, LDA, B, LDB, TOLA, TOLB, ALPHA,
           BETA, U, LDU, V, LDV, Q, LDQ, WORK, NCYCLE, INFO)
           DTGSJA
       subroutine dtgsna (JOB, HOWMNY, SELECT, N, A, LDA, B, LDB, VL, LDVL, VR, LDVR, S, DIF, MM,
           M, WORK, LWORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DTGSNA
       subroutine dtpcon (NORM, UPLO, DIAG, N, AP, RCOND, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DTPCON
       subroutine dtplqt (M, N, L, MB, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, WORK, INFO)
           DTPLQT
       subroutine dtplqt2 (M, N, L, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, INFO)
           DTPLQT2 computes a LQ factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal'
           matrix, which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the
           compact WY representation for Q.
       subroutine dtpmlqt (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, MB, V, LDV, T, LDT, A, LDA, B, LDB, WORK,
           INFO)
           DTPMLQT
       subroutine dtpmqrt (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, NB, V, LDV, T, LDT, A, LDA, B, LDB, WORK,
           INFO)
           DTPMQRT
       subroutine dtpqrt (M, N, L, NB, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, WORK, INFO)
           DTPQRT
       subroutine dtpqrt2 (M, N, L, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, INFO)
           DTPQRT2 computes a QR factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal'
           matrix, which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the
           compact WY representation for Q.
       subroutine dtprfs (UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, N, NRHS, AP, B, LDB, X, LDX, FERR, BERR, WORK,
           IWORK, INFO)
           DTPRFS
       subroutine dtptri (UPLO, DIAG, N, AP, INFO)
           DTPTRI
       subroutine dtptrs (UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, N, NRHS, AP, B, LDB, INFO)
           DTPTRS
       subroutine dtpttf (TRANSR, UPLO, N, AP, ARF, INFO)
           DTPTTF copies a triangular matrix from the standard packed format (TP) to the
           rectangular full packed format (TF).
       subroutine dtpttr (UPLO, N, AP, A, LDA, INFO)
           DTPTTR copies a triangular matrix from the standard packed format (TP) to the standard
           full format (TR).
       subroutine dtrcon (NORM, UPLO, DIAG, N, A, LDA, RCOND, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DTRCON
       subroutine dtrevc (SIDE, HOWMNY, SELECT, N, T, LDT, VL, LDVL, VR, LDVR, MM, M, WORK, INFO)
           DTREVC
       subroutine dtrevc3 (SIDE, HOWMNY, SELECT, N, T, LDT, VL, LDVL, VR, LDVR, MM, M, WORK,
           LWORK, INFO)
           DTREVC3
       subroutine dtrexc (COMPQ, N, T, LDT, Q, LDQ, IFST, ILST, WORK, INFO)
           DTREXC
       subroutine dtrrfs (UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, N, NRHS, A, LDA, B, LDB, X, LDX, FERR, BERR, WORK,
           IWORK, INFO)
           DTRRFS
       subroutine dtrsen (JOB, COMPQ, SELECT, N, T, LDT, Q, LDQ, WR, WI, M, S, SEP, WORK, LWORK,
           IWORK, LIWORK, INFO)
           DTRSEN
       subroutine dtrsna (JOB, HOWMNY, SELECT, N, T, LDT, VL, LDVL, VR, LDVR, S, SEP, MM, M,
           WORK, LDWORK, IWORK, INFO)
           DTRSNA
       subroutine dtrti2 (UPLO, DIAG, N, A, LDA, INFO)
           DTRTI2 computes the inverse of a triangular matrix (unblocked algorithm).
       subroutine dtrtri (UPLO, DIAG, N, A, LDA, INFO)
           DTRTRI
       subroutine dtrtrs (UPLO, TRANS, DIAG, N, NRHS, A, LDA, B, LDB, INFO)
           DTRTRS
       subroutine dtrttf (TRANSR, UPLO, N, A, LDA, ARF, INFO)
           DTRTTF copies a triangular matrix from the standard full format (TR) to the
           rectangular full packed format (TF).
       subroutine dtrttp (UPLO, N, A, LDA, AP, INFO)
           DTRTTP copies a triangular matrix from the standard full format (TR) to the standard
           packed format (TP).
       subroutine dtzrzf (M, N, A, LDA, TAU, WORK, LWORK, INFO)
           DTZRZF
       subroutine stplqt (M, N, L, MB, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, WORK, INFO)
           STPLQT
       subroutine stplqt2 (M, N, L, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, INFO)
           STPLQT2 computes a LQ factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal'
           matrix, which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the
           compact WY representation for Q.
       subroutine stpmlqt (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, MB, V, LDV, T, LDT, A, LDA, B, LDB, WORK,
           INFO)
           STPMLQT
       subroutine ztplqt (M, N, L, MB, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, WORK, INFO)
           ZTPLQT
       subroutine ztplqt2 (M, N, L, A, LDA, B, LDB, T, LDT, INFO)
           ZTPLQT2 computes a LQ factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal'
           matrix, which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the
           compact WY representation for Q.
       subroutine ztpmlqt (SIDE, TRANS, M, N, K, L, MB, V, LDV, T, LDT, A, LDA, B, LDB, WORK,
           INFO)
           ZTPMLQT

Detailed Description

       This is the group of double other Computational routines

Function Documentation

   subroutine ctplqt (integer M, integer N, integer L, integer MB, complex, dimension( lda, * )
       A, integer LDA, complex, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, complex, dimension( ldt, * )
       T, integer LDT, complex, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       CTPLQT

       Purpose:

            CTPLQT computes a blocked LQ factorization of a complex
            'triangular-pentagonal' matrix C, which is composed of a
            triangular block A and pentagonal block B, using the compact
            WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B, and the order of the
                     triangular matrix A.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size to be used in the blocked QR.  M >= MB >= 1.

           A

                     A is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The lower triangular block reflectors stored in compact form
                     as a sequence of upper triangular blocks.  See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           WORK

                     WORK is COMPLEX array, dimension (MB*M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ] [ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 on left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:
                     [ B ] = [ B1 ] [ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             M-by-M lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C
                       [ C ] = [ A ] [ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as
                       [ W ] = [ I ] [ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,
                       [ V ] = [ V1 ] [ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.

             The number of blocks is B = ceiling(M/MB), where each
             block is of order MB except for the last block, which is of order
             IB = M - (M-1)*MB.  For each of the B blocks, a upper triangular block
             reflector factor is computed: T1, T2, ..., TB.  The MB-by-MB (and IB-by-IB
             for the last block) T's are stored in the MB-by-N matrix T as

                          T = [T1 T2 ... TB].

   subroutine ctplqt2 (integer M, integer N, integer L, complex, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer
       LDA, complex, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, complex, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer
       LDT, integer INFO)
       CTPLQT2

       Purpose:

            CTPLQT2 computes a LQ a factorization of a complex 'triangular-pentagonal'
            matrix C, which is composed of a triangular block A and pentagonal block B,
            using the compact WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of rows of the matrix B.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B, and the order of
                     the triangular matrix A.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           A

                     A is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDT,M)
                     The N-by-N upper triangular factor T of the block reflector.
                     See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= max(1,M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ][ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:

                          B = [ B1 ][ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             N-by-N lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C

                          C = [ A ][ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as

                          W = [ I ][ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,

                          W = [ V1 ][ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.
             The (M+N)-by-(M+N) block reflector H is then given by

                          H = I - W**T * T * W

             where W^H is the conjugate transpose of W and T is the upper triangular
             factor of the block reflector.

   subroutine ctpmlqt (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, integer MB, complex, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, complex, dimension( ldt, * )
       T, integer LDT, complex, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, complex, dimension( ldb, * )
       B, integer LDB, complex, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       CTPMLQT

       Purpose:

            CTPMLQT applies a complex unitary matrix Q obtained from a
            'triangular-pentagonal' complex block reflector H to a general
            complex matrix C, which consists of two blocks A and B.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**H from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**H from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'C':  Conjugate transpose, apply Q**H.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The order of the trapezoidal part of V.
                     K >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size used for the storage of T.  K >= MB >= 1.
                     This must be the same value of MB used to generate T
                     in CTPLQT.

           V

                     V is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDV,K)
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     CTPLQT in B.  See Further Details.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= K.

           T

                     T is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The upper triangular factors of the block reflectors
                     as returned by CTPLQT, stored as a MB-by-K matrix.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           A

                     A is COMPLEX array, dimension
                     (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'L' or
                     (LDA,K) if SIDE = 'R'
                     On entry, the K-by-N or M-by-K matrix A.
                     On exit, A is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**H*C or C*Q or C*Q**H.  See Further Details.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,K);
                     If SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is COMPLEX array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, B is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**H*C or C*Q or C*Q**H.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.
                     LDB >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is COMPLEX array. The dimension of WORK is
                      N*MB if SIDE = 'L', or  M*MB if SIDE = 'R'.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The columns of the pentagonal matrix V contain the elementary reflectors
             H(1), H(2), ..., H(K); V is composed of a rectangular block V1 and a
             trapezoidal block V2:

                   V = [V1] [V2].

             The size of the trapezoidal block V2 is determined by the parameter L,
             where 0 <= L <= K; V2 is lower trapezoidal, consisting of the first L
             rows of a K-by-K upper triangular matrix.  If L=K, V2 is lower triangular;
             if L=0, there is no trapezoidal block, hence V = V1 is rectangular.

             If SIDE = 'L':  C = [A]  where A is K-by-N,  B is M-by-N and V is K-by-M.
                                 [B]

             If SIDE = 'R':  C = [A B]  where A is M-by-K, B is M-by-N and V is K-by-N.

             The complex unitary matrix Q is formed from V and T.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q * C.

             If TRANS='C' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q**H * C.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q.

             If TRANS='C' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q**H.

   subroutine dbbcsd (character JOBU1, character JOBU2, character JOBV1T, character JOBV2T,
       character TRANS, integer M, integer P, integer Q, double precision, dimension( * ) THETA,
       double precision, dimension( * ) PHI, double precision, dimension( ldu1, * ) U1, integer
       LDU1, double precision, dimension( ldu2, * ) U2, integer LDU2, double precision,
       dimension( ldv1t, * ) V1T, integer LDV1T, double precision, dimension( ldv2t, * ) V2T,
       integer LDV2T, double precision, dimension( * ) B11D, double precision, dimension( * )
       B11E, double precision, dimension( * ) B12D, double precision, dimension( * ) B12E, double
       precision, dimension( * ) B21D, double precision, dimension( * ) B21E, double precision,
       dimension( * ) B22D, double precision, dimension( * ) B22E, double precision, dimension( *
       ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DBBCSD

       Purpose:

            DBBCSD computes the CS decomposition of an orthogonal matrix in
            bidiagonal-block form,

                [ B11 | B12 0  0 ]
                [  0  |  0 -I  0 ]
            X = [----------------]
                [ B21 | B22 0  0 ]
                [  0  |  0  0  I ]

                                          [  C | -S  0  0 ]
                              [ U1 |    ] [  0 |  0 -I  0 ] [ V1 |    ]**T
                            = [---------] [---------------] [---------]   .
                              [    | U2 ] [  S |  C  0  0 ] [    | V2 ]
                                          [  0 |  0  0  I ]

            X is M-by-M, its top-left block is P-by-Q, and Q must be no larger
            than P, M-P, or M-Q. (If Q is not the smallest index, then X must be
            transposed and/or permuted. This can be done in constant time using
            the TRANS and SIGNS options. See DORCSD for details.)

            The bidiagonal matrices B11, B12, B21, and B22 are represented
            implicitly by angles THETA(1:Q) and PHI(1:Q-1).

            The orthogonal matrices U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are input/output.
            The input matrices are pre- or post-multiplied by the appropriate
            singular vector matrices.

       Parameters
           JOBU1

                     JOBU1 is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      U1 is updated;
                     otherwise:  U1 is not updated.

           JOBU2

                     JOBU2 is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      U2 is updated;
                     otherwise:  U2 is not updated.

           JOBV1T

                     JOBV1T is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      V1T is updated;
                     otherwise:  V1T is not updated.

           JOBV2T

                     JOBV2T is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      V2T is updated;
                     otherwise:  V2T is not updated.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER
                     = 'T':      X, U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are stored in row-major
                                 order;
                     otherwise:  X, U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are stored in column-
                                 major order.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows and columns in X, the orthogonal matrix in
                     bidiagonal-block form.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows in the top-left block of X. 0 <= P <= M.

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the top-left block of X.
                     0 <= Q <= MIN(P,M-P,M-Q).

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                     On entry, the angles THETA(1),...,THETA(Q) that, along with
                     PHI(1), ...,PHI(Q-1), define the matrix in bidiagonal-block
                     form. On exit, the angles whose cosines and sines define the
                     diagonal blocks in the CS decomposition.

           PHI

                     PHI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                     The angles PHI(1),...,PHI(Q-1) that, along with THETA(1),...,
                     THETA(Q), define the matrix in bidiagonal-block form.

           U1

                     U1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU1,P)
                     On entry, a P-by-P matrix. On exit, U1 is postmultiplied
                     by the left singular vector matrix common to [ B11 ; 0 ] and
                     [ B12 0 0 ; 0 -I 0 0 ].

           LDU1

                     LDU1 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array U1, LDU1 >= MAX(1,P).

           U2

                     U2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU2,M-P)
                     On entry, an (M-P)-by-(M-P) matrix. On exit, U2 is
                     postmultiplied by the left singular vector matrix common to
                     [ B21 ; 0 ] and [ B22 0 0 ; 0 0 I ].

           LDU2

                     LDU2 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array U2, LDU2 >= MAX(1,M-P).

           V1T

                     V1T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV1T,Q)
                     On entry, a Q-by-Q matrix. On exit, V1T is premultiplied
                     by the transpose of the right singular vector
                     matrix common to [ B11 ; 0 ] and [ B21 ; 0 ].

           LDV1T

                     LDV1T is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V1T, LDV1T >= MAX(1,Q).

           V2T

                     V2T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV2T,M-Q)
                     On entry, an (M-Q)-by-(M-Q) matrix. On exit, V2T is
                     premultiplied by the transpose of the right
                     singular vector matrix common to [ B12 0 0 ; 0 -I 0 ] and
                     [ B22 0 0 ; 0 0 I ].

           LDV2T

                     LDV2T is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V2T, LDV2T >= MAX(1,M-Q).

           B11D

                     B11D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B11D contains the cosines of THETA(1),
                     ..., THETA(Q). If DBBCSD fails to converge, then B11D
                     contains the diagonal of the partially reduced top-left
                     block.

           B11E

                     B11E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B11E contains zeros. If DBBCSD fails
                     to converge, then B11E contains the superdiagonal of the
                     partially reduced top-left block.

           B12D

                     B12D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B12D contains the negative sines of
                     THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q). If DBBCSD fails to converge, then
                     B12D contains the diagonal of the partially reduced top-right
                     block.

           B12E

                     B12E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B12E contains zeros. If DBBCSD fails
                     to converge, then B12E contains the subdiagonal of the
                     partially reduced top-right block.

           B21D

                     B21D is DOUBLE PRECISION  array, dimension (Q)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B21D contains the negative sines of
                     THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q). If DBBCSD fails to converge, then
                     B21D contains the diagonal of the partially reduced bottom-left
                     block.

           B21E

                     B21E is DOUBLE PRECISION  array, dimension (Q-1)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B21E contains zeros. If DBBCSD fails
                     to converge, then B21E contains the subdiagonal of the
                     partially reduced bottom-left block.

           B22D

                     B22D is DOUBLE PRECISION  array, dimension (Q)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B22D contains the negative sines of
                     THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q). If DBBCSD fails to converge, then
                     B22D contains the diagonal of the partially reduced bottom-right
                     block.

           B22E

                     B22E is DOUBLE PRECISION  array, dimension (Q-1)
                     When DBBCSD converges, B22E contains zeros. If DBBCSD fails
                     to converge, then B22E contains the subdiagonal of the
                     partially reduced bottom-right block.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= MAX(1,8*Q).

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the
                     routine only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array,
                     returns this value as the first entry of the work array, and
                     no error message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                     > 0:  if DBBCSD did not converge, INFO specifies the number
                           of nonzero entries in PHI, and B11D, B11E, etc.,
                           contain the partially reduced matrix.

       Internal Parameters:

             TOLMUL  DOUBLE PRECISION, default = MAX(10,MIN(100,EPS**(-1/8)))
                     TOLMUL controls the convergence criterion of the QR loop.
                     Angles THETA(i), PHI(i) are rounded to 0 or PI/2 when they
                     are within TOLMUL*EPS of either bound.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dgetsqrhrt (integer M, integer N, integer MB1, integer NB1, integer NB2, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T,
       integer LDT, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DGETSQRHRT

       Purpose:

            DGETSQRHRT computes a NB2-sized column blocked QR-factorization
            of a real M-by-N matrix A with M >= N,

               A = Q * R.

            The routine uses internally a NB1-sized column blocked and MB1-sized
            row blocked TSQR-factorization and perfors the reconstruction
            of the Householder vectors from the TSQR output. The routine also
            converts the R_tsqr factor from the TSQR-factorization output into
            the R factor that corresponds to the Householder QR-factorization,

               A = Q_tsqr * R_tsqr = Q * R.

            The output Q and R factors are stored in the same format as in DGEQRT
            (Q is in blocked compact WY-representation). See the documentation
            of DGEQRT for more details on the format.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A. M >= N >= 0.

           MB1

                     MB1 is INTEGER
                     The row block size to be used in the blocked TSQR.
                     MB1 > N.

           NB1

                     NB1 is INTEGER
                     The column block size to be used in the blocked TSQR.
                     N >= NB1 >= 1.

           NB2

                     NB2 is INTEGER
                     The block size to be used in the blocked QR that is
                     output. NB2 >= 1.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)

                     On entry: an M-by-N matrix A.

                     On exit:
                      a) the elements on and above the diagonal
                         of the array contain the N-by-N upper-triangular
                         matrix R corresponding to the Householder QR;
                      b) the elements below the diagonal represent Q by
                         the columns of blocked V (compact WY-representation).

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N))
                     The upper triangular block reflectors stored in compact form
                     as a sequence of upper triangular blocks.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= NB2.

           WORK

                     (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     LWORK >= MAX( LWT + LW1, MAX( LWT+N*N+LW2, LWT+N*N+N ) ),
                     where
                        NUM_ALL_ROW_BLOCKS = CEIL((M-N)/(MB1-N)),
                        NB1LOCAL = MIN(NB1,N).
                        LWT = NUM_ALL_ROW_BLOCKS * N * NB1LOCAL,
                        LW1 = NB1LOCAL * N,
                        LW2 = NB1LOCAL * MAX( NB1LOCAL, ( N - NB1LOCAL ) ),
                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed.
                     The routine only calculates the optimal size of the WORK
                     array, returns this value as the first entry of the WORK
                     array, and no error message related to LWORK is issued
                     by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:

            November 2020, Igor Kozachenko,
                           Computer Science Division,
                           University of California, Berkeley

   subroutine dgghd3 (character COMPQ, character COMPZ, integer N, integer ILO, integer IHI,
       double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, *
       ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, double precision,
       dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK,
       integer INFO)
       DGGHD3

       Purpose:

            DGGHD3 reduces a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper
            Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a
            general matrix and B is upper triangular.  The form of the
            generalized eigenvalue problem is
               A*x = lambda*B*x,
            and B is typically made upper triangular by computing its QR
            factorization and moving the orthogonal matrix Q to the left side
            of the equation.

            This subroutine simultaneously reduces A to a Hessenberg matrix H:
               Q**T*A*Z = H
            and transforms B to another upper triangular matrix T:
               Q**T*B*Z = T
            in order to reduce the problem to its standard form
               H*y = lambda*T*y
            where y = Z**T*x.

            The orthogonal matrices Q and Z are determined as products of Givens
            rotations.  They may either be formed explicitly, or they may be
            postmultiplied into input matrices Q1 and Z1, so that

                 Q1 * A * Z1**T = (Q1*Q) * H * (Z1*Z)**T

                 Q1 * B * Z1**T = (Q1*Q) * T * (Z1*Z)**T

            If Q1 is the orthogonal matrix from the QR factorization of B in the
            original equation A*x = lambda*B*x, then DGGHD3 reduces the original
            problem to generalized Hessenberg form.

            This is a blocked variant of DGGHRD, using matrix-matrix
            multiplications for parts of the computation to enhance performance.

       Parameters
           COMPQ

                     COMPQ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': do not compute Q;
                     = 'I': Q is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                            orthogonal matrix Q is returned;
                     = 'V': Q must contain an orthogonal matrix Q1 on entry,
                            and the product Q1*Q is returned.

           COMPZ

                     COMPZ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': do not compute Z;
                     = 'I': Z is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                            orthogonal matrix Z is returned;
                     = 'V': Z must contain an orthogonal matrix Z1 on entry,
                            and the product Z1*Z is returned.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices A and B.  N >= 0.

           ILO

                     ILO is INTEGER

           IHI

                     IHI is INTEGER

                     ILO and IHI mark the rows and columns of A which are to be
                     reduced.  It is assumed that A is already upper triangular
                     in rows and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N.  ILO and IHI are
                     normally set by a previous call to DGGBAL; otherwise they
                     should be set to 1 and N respectively.
                     1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N)
                     On entry, the N-by-N general matrix to be reduced.
                     On exit, the upper triangle and the first subdiagonal of A
                     are overwritten with the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and the
                     rest is set to zero.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N)
                     On entry, the N-by-N upper triangular matrix B.
                     On exit, the upper triangular matrix T = Q**T B Z.  The
                     elements below the diagonal are set to zero.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N)
                     On entry, if COMPQ = 'V', the orthogonal matrix Q1,
                     typically from the QR factorization of B.
                     On exit, if COMPQ='I', the orthogonal matrix Q, and if
                     COMPQ = 'V', the product Q1*Q.
                     Not referenced if COMPQ='N'.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q.
                     LDQ >= N if COMPQ='V' or 'I'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N)
                     On entry, if COMPZ = 'V', the orthogonal matrix Z1.
                     On exit, if COMPZ='I', the orthogonal matrix Z, and if
                     COMPZ = 'V', the product Z1*Z.
                     Not referenced if COMPZ='N'.

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Z.
                     LDZ >= N if COMPZ='V' or 'I'; LDZ >= 1 otherwise.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The length of the array WORK.  LWORK >= 1.
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= 6*N*NB, where NB is the
                     optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             This routine reduces A to Hessenberg form and maintains B in triangular form
             using a blocked variant of Moler and Stewart's original algorithm,
             as described by Kagstrom, Kressner, Quintana-Orti, and Quintana-Orti
             (BIT 2008).

   subroutine dgghrd (character COMPQ, character COMPZ, integer N, integer ILO, integer IHI,
       double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, *
       ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, double precision,
       dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ, integer INFO)
       DGGHRD

       Purpose:

            DGGHRD reduces a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper
            Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a
            general matrix and B is upper triangular.  The form of the
            generalized eigenvalue problem is
               A*x = lambda*B*x,
            and B is typically made upper triangular by computing its QR
            factorization and moving the orthogonal matrix Q to the left side
            of the equation.

            This subroutine simultaneously reduces A to a Hessenberg matrix H:
               Q**T*A*Z = H
            and transforms B to another upper triangular matrix T:
               Q**T*B*Z = T
            in order to reduce the problem to its standard form
               H*y = lambda*T*y
            where y = Z**T*x.

            The orthogonal matrices Q and Z are determined as products of Givens
            rotations.  They may either be formed explicitly, or they may be
            postmultiplied into input matrices Q1 and Z1, so that

                 Q1 * A * Z1**T = (Q1*Q) * H * (Z1*Z)**T

                 Q1 * B * Z1**T = (Q1*Q) * T * (Z1*Z)**T

            If Q1 is the orthogonal matrix from the QR factorization of B in the
            original equation A*x = lambda*B*x, then DGGHRD reduces the original
            problem to generalized Hessenberg form.

       Parameters
           COMPQ

                     COMPQ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': do not compute Q;
                     = 'I': Q is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                            orthogonal matrix Q is returned;
                     = 'V': Q must contain an orthogonal matrix Q1 on entry,
                            and the product Q1*Q is returned.

           COMPZ

                     COMPZ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': do not compute Z;
                     = 'I': Z is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                            orthogonal matrix Z is returned;
                     = 'V': Z must contain an orthogonal matrix Z1 on entry,
                            and the product Z1*Z is returned.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices A and B.  N >= 0.

           ILO

                     ILO is INTEGER

           IHI

                     IHI is INTEGER

                     ILO and IHI mark the rows and columns of A which are to be
                     reduced.  It is assumed that A is already upper triangular
                     in rows and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N.  ILO and IHI are
                     normally set by a previous call to DGGBAL; otherwise they
                     should be set to 1 and N respectively.
                     1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N)
                     On entry, the N-by-N general matrix to be reduced.
                     On exit, the upper triangle and the first subdiagonal of A
                     are overwritten with the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and the
                     rest is set to zero.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N)
                     On entry, the N-by-N upper triangular matrix B.
                     On exit, the upper triangular matrix T = Q**T B Z.  The
                     elements below the diagonal are set to zero.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N)
                     On entry, if COMPQ = 'V', the orthogonal matrix Q1,
                     typically from the QR factorization of B.
                     On exit, if COMPQ='I', the orthogonal matrix Q, and if
                     COMPQ = 'V', the product Q1*Q.
                     Not referenced if COMPQ='N'.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q.
                     LDQ >= N if COMPQ='V' or 'I'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N)
                     On entry, if COMPZ = 'V', the orthogonal matrix Z1.
                     On exit, if COMPZ='I', the orthogonal matrix Z, and if
                     COMPZ = 'V', the product Z1*Z.
                     Not referenced if COMPZ='N'.

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Z.
                     LDZ >= N if COMPZ='V' or 'I'; LDZ >= 1 otherwise.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             This routine reduces A to Hessenberg and B to triangular form by
             an unblocked reduction, as described in _Matrix_Computations_,
             by Golub and Van Loan (Johns Hopkins Press.)

   subroutine dggqrf (integer N, integer M, integer P, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAUA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * )
       B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( * ) TAUB, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DGGQRF

       Purpose:

            DGGQRF computes a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A
            and an N-by-P matrix B:

                        A = Q*R,        B = Q*T*Z,

            where Q is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix, Z is a P-by-P orthogonal
            matrix, and R and T assume one of the forms:

            if N >= M,  R = ( R11 ) M  ,   or if N < M,  R = ( R11  R12 ) N,
                            (  0  ) N-M                         N   M-N
                               M

            where R11 is upper triangular, and

            if N <= P,  T = ( 0  T12 ) N,   or if N > P,  T = ( T11 ) N-P,
                             P-N  N                           ( T21 ) P
                                                                 P

            where T12 or T21 is upper triangular.

            In particular, if B is square and nonsingular, the GQR factorization
            of A and B implicitly gives the QR factorization of inv(B)*A:

                         inv(B)*A = Z**T*(inv(T)*R)

            where inv(B) denotes the inverse of the matrix B, and Z**T denotes the
            transpose of the matrix Z.

       Parameters
           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrices A and B. N >= 0.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B.  P >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the N-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array
                     contain the min(N,M)-by-M upper trapezoidal matrix R (R is
                     upper triangular if N >= M); the elements below the diagonal,
                     with the array TAUA, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a
                     product of min(N,M) elementary reflectors (see Further
                     Details).

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAUA

                     TAUA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(N,M))
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which
                     represent the orthogonal matrix Q (see Further Details).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,P)
                     On entry, the N-by-P matrix B.
                     On exit, if N <= P, the upper triangle of the subarray
                     B(1:N,P-N+1:P) contains the N-by-N upper triangular matrix T;
                     if N > P, the elements on and above the (N-P)-th subdiagonal
                     contain the N-by-P upper trapezoidal matrix T; the remaining
                     elements, with the array TAUB, represent the orthogonal
                     matrix Z as a product of elementary reflectors (see Further
                     Details).

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N).

           TAUB

                     TAUB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(N,P))
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which
                     represent the orthogonal matrix Z (see Further Details).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N,M,P).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= max(N,M,P)*max(NB1,NB2,NB3),
                     where NB1 is the optimal blocksize for the QR factorization
                     of an N-by-M matrix, NB2 is the optimal blocksize for the
                     RQ factorization of an N-by-P matrix, and NB3 is the optimal
                     blocksize for a call of DORMQR.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors

                Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(n,m).

             Each H(i) has the form

                H(i) = I - taua * v * v**T

             where taua is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with
             v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i+1:n,i),
             and taua in TAUA(i).
             To form Q explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGQR.
             To use Q to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMQR.

             The matrix Z is represented as a product of elementary reflectors

                Z = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(n,p).

             Each H(i) has the form

                H(i) = I - taub * v * v**T

             where taub is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with
             v(p-k+i+1:p) = 0 and v(p-k+i) = 1; v(1:p-k+i-1) is stored on exit in
             B(n-k+i,1:p-k+i-1), and taub in TAUB(i).
             To form Z explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGRQ.
             To use Z to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMRQ.

   subroutine dggrqf (integer M, integer P, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAUA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * )
       B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( * ) TAUB, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DGGRQF

       Purpose:

            DGGRQF computes a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A
            and a P-by-N matrix B:

                        A = R*Q,        B = Z*T*Q,

            where Q is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix, Z is a P-by-P orthogonal
            matrix, and R and T assume one of the forms:

            if M <= N,  R = ( 0  R12 ) M,   or if M > N,  R = ( R11 ) M-N,
                             N-M  M                           ( R21 ) N
                                                                 N

            where R12 or R21 is upper triangular, and

            if P >= N,  T = ( T11 ) N  ,   or if P < N,  T = ( T11  T12 ) P,
                            (  0  ) P-N                         P   N-P
                               N

            where T11 is upper triangular.

            In particular, if B is square and nonsingular, the GRQ factorization
            of A and B implicitly gives the RQ factorization of A*inv(B):

                         A*inv(B) = (R*inv(T))*Z**T

            where inv(B) denotes the inverse of the matrix B, and Z**T denotes the
            transpose of the matrix Z.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B.  P >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrices A and B. N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix A.
                     On exit, if M <= N, the upper triangle of the subarray
                     A(1:M,N-M+1:N) contains the M-by-M upper triangular matrix R;
                     if M > N, the elements on and above the (M-N)-th subdiagonal
                     contain the M-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix R; the remaining
                     elements, with the array TAUA, represent the orthogonal
                     matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors (see Further
                     Details).

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAUA

                     TAUA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N))
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which
                     represent the orthogonal matrix Q (see Further Details).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the P-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array
                     contain the min(P,N)-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix T (T is
                     upper triangular if P >= N); the elements below the diagonal,
                     with the array TAUB, represent the orthogonal matrix Z as a
                     product of elementary reflectors (see Further Details).

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,P).

           TAUB

                     TAUB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(P,N))
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which
                     represent the orthogonal matrix Z (see Further Details).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N,M,P).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= max(N,M,P)*max(NB1,NB2,NB3),
                     where NB1 is the optimal blocksize for the RQ factorization
                     of an M-by-N matrix, NB2 is the optimal blocksize for the
                     QR factorization of a P-by-N matrix, and NB3 is the optimal
                     blocksize for a call of DORMRQ.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INF0= -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors

                Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n).

             Each H(i) has the form

                H(i) = I - taua * v * v**T

             where taua is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with
             v(n-k+i+1:n) = 0 and v(n-k+i) = 1; v(1:n-k+i-1) is stored on exit in
             A(m-k+i,1:n-k+i-1), and taua in TAUA(i).
             To form Q explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGRQ.
             To use Q to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMRQ.

             The matrix Z is represented as a product of elementary reflectors

                Z = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(p,n).

             Each H(i) has the form

                H(i) = I - taub * v * v**T

             where taub is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with
             v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:p) is stored on exit in B(i+1:p,i),
             and taub in TAUB(i).
             To form Z explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGQR.
             To use Z to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMQR.

   subroutine dggsvp3 (character JOBU, character JOBV, character JOBQ, integer M, integer P,
       integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision,
       dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision TOLA, double precision TOLB, integer
       K, integer L, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision,
       dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ,
       integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision,
       dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DGGSVP3

       Purpose:

            DGGSVP3 computes orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that

                               N-K-L  K    L
             U**T*A*Q =     K ( 0    A12  A13 )  if M-K-L >= 0;
                            L ( 0     0   A23 )
                        M-K-L ( 0     0    0  )

                             N-K-L  K    L
                    =     K ( 0    A12  A13 )  if M-K-L < 0;
                        M-K ( 0     0   A23 )

                             N-K-L  K    L
             V**T*B*Q =   L ( 0     0   B13 )
                        P-L ( 0     0    0  )

            where the K-by-K matrix A12 and L-by-L matrix B13 are nonsingular
            upper triangular; A23 is L-by-L upper triangular if M-K-L >= 0,
            otherwise A23 is (M-K)-by-L upper trapezoidal.  K+L = the effective
            numerical rank of the (M+P)-by-N matrix (A**T,B**T)**T.

            This decomposition is the preprocessing step for computing the
            Generalized Singular Value Decomposition (GSVD), see subroutine
            DGGSVD3.

       Parameters
           JOBU

                     JOBU is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Orthogonal matrix U is computed;
                     = 'N':  U is not computed.

           JOBV

                     JOBV is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'V':  Orthogonal matrix V is computed;
                     = 'N':  V is not computed.

           JOBQ

                     JOBQ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'Q':  Orthogonal matrix Q is computed;
                     = 'N':  Q is not computed.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B.  P >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrices A and B.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix A.
                     On exit, A contains the triangular (or trapezoidal) matrix
                     described in the Purpose section.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the P-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, B contains the triangular matrix described in
                     the Purpose section.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,P).

           TOLA

                     TOLA is DOUBLE PRECISION

           TOLB

                     TOLB is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     TOLA and TOLB are the thresholds to determine the effective
                     numerical rank of matrix B and a subblock of A. Generally,
                     they are set to
                        TOLA = MAX(M,N)*norm(A)*MACHEPS,
                        TOLB = MAX(P,N)*norm(B)*MACHEPS.
                     The size of TOLA and TOLB may affect the size of backward
                     errors of the decomposition.

           K

                     K is INTEGER

           L

                     L is INTEGER

                     On exit, K and L specify the dimension of the subblocks
                     described in Purpose section.
                     K + L = effective numerical rank of (A**T,B**T)**T.

           U

                     U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,M)
                     If JOBU = 'U', U contains the orthogonal matrix U.
                     If JOBU = 'N', U is not referenced.

           LDU

                     LDU is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= max(1,M) if
                     JOBU = 'U'; LDU >= 1 otherwise.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,P)
                     If JOBV = 'V', V contains the orthogonal matrix V.
                     If JOBV = 'N', V is not referenced.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= max(1,P) if
                     JOBV = 'V'; LDV >= 1 otherwise.

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     If JOBQ = 'Q', Q contains the orthogonal matrix Q.
                     If JOBQ = 'N', Q is not referenced.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N) if
                     JOBQ = 'Q'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The subroutine uses LAPACK subroutine DGEQP3 for the QR factorization
             with column pivoting to detect the effective numerical rank of the
             a matrix. It may be replaced by a better rank determination strategy.

             DGGSVP3 replaces the deprecated subroutine DGGSVP.

   subroutine dgsvj0 (character*1 JOBV, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, *
       ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( n ) D, double precision, dimension( n )
       SVA, integer MV, double precision, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, double precision
       EPS, double precision SFMIN, double precision TOL, integer NSWEEP, double precision,
       dimension( lwork ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DGSVJ0 pre-processor for the routine dgesvj.

       Purpose:

            DGSVJ0 is called from DGESVJ as a pre-processor and that is its main
            purpose. It applies Jacobi rotations in the same way as DGESVJ does, but
            it does not check convergence (stopping criterion). Few tuning
            parameters (marked by [TP]) are available for the implementer.

       Parameters
           JOBV

                     JOBV is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the output from this procedure is used
                     to compute the matrix V:
                     = 'V': the product of the Jacobi rotations is accumulated
                            by postmulyiplying the N-by-N array V.
                           (See the description of V.)
                     = 'A': the product of the Jacobi rotations is accumulated
                            by postmulyiplying the MV-by-N array V.
                           (See the descriptions of MV and V.)
                     = 'N': the Jacobi rotations are not accumulated.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the input matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the input matrix A.
                     M >= N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, M-by-N matrix A, such that A*diag(D) represents
                     the input matrix.
                     On exit,
                     A_onexit * D_onexit represents the input matrix A*diag(D)
                     post-multiplied by a sequence of Jacobi rotations, where the
                     rotation threshold and the total number of sweeps are given in
                     TOL and NSWEEP, respectively.
                     (See the descriptions of D, TOL and NSWEEP.)

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The array D accumulates the scaling factors from the fast scaled
                     Jacobi rotations.
                     On entry, A*diag(D) represents the input matrix.
                     On exit, A_onexit*diag(D_onexit) represents the input matrix
                     post-multiplied by a sequence of Jacobi rotations, where the
                     rotation threshold and the total number of sweeps are given in
                     TOL and NSWEEP, respectively.
                     (See the descriptions of A, TOL and NSWEEP.)

           SVA

                     SVA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     On entry, SVA contains the Euclidean norms of the columns of
                     the matrix A*diag(D).
                     On exit, SVA contains the Euclidean norms of the columns of
                     the matrix onexit*diag(D_onexit).

           MV

                     MV is INTEGER
                     If JOBV = 'A', then MV rows of V are post-multipled by a
                                      sequence of Jacobi rotations.
                     If JOBV = 'N',   then MV is not referenced.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,N)
                     If JOBV = 'V' then N rows of V are post-multipled by a
                                      sequence of Jacobi rotations.
                     If JOBV = 'A' then MV rows of V are post-multipled by a
                                      sequence of Jacobi rotations.
                     If JOBV = 'N',   then V is not referenced.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V,  LDV >= 1.
                     If JOBV = 'V', LDV >= N.
                     If JOBV = 'A', LDV >= MV.

           EPS

                     EPS is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     EPS = DLAMCH('Epsilon')

           SFMIN

                     SFMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     SFMIN = DLAMCH('Safe Minimum')

           TOL

                     TOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     TOL is the threshold for Jacobi rotations. For a pair
                     A(:,p), A(:,q) of pivot columns, the Jacobi rotation is
                     applied only if DABS(COS(angle(A(:,p),A(:,q)))) > TOL.

           NSWEEP

                     NSWEEP is INTEGER
                     NSWEEP is the number of sweeps of Jacobi rotations to be
                     performed.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     LWORK is the dimension of WORK. LWORK >= M.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, then the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:
           DGSVJ0 is used just to enable DGESVJ to call a simplified version of itself to work on
           a submatrix of the original matrix.

       Contributors:
           Zlatko Drmac (Zagreb, Croatia) and Kresimir Veselic (Hagen, Germany)

       Bugs, Examples and Comments:
           Please report all bugs and send interesting test examples and comments to
           drmac@math.hr. Thank you.

   subroutine dgsvj1 (character*1 JOBV, integer M, integer N, integer N1, double precision,
       dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( n ) D, double precision,
       dimension( n ) SVA, integer MV, double precision, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV,
       double precision EPS, double precision SFMIN, double precision TOL, integer NSWEEP, double
       precision, dimension( lwork ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DGSVJ1 pre-processor for the routine dgesvj, applies Jacobi rotations targeting only
       particular pivots.

       Purpose:

            DGSVJ1 is called from DGESVJ as a pre-processor and that is its main
            purpose. It applies Jacobi rotations in the same way as DGESVJ does, but
            it targets only particular pivots and it does not check convergence
            (stopping criterion). Few tuning parameters (marked by [TP]) are
            available for the implementer.

            Further Details
            ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
            DGSVJ1 applies few sweeps of Jacobi rotations in the column space of
            the input M-by-N matrix A. The pivot pairs are taken from the (1,2)
            off-diagonal block in the corresponding N-by-N Gram matrix A^T * A. The
            block-entries (tiles) of the (1,2) off-diagonal block are marked by the
            [x]'s in the following scheme:

               | *  *  * [x] [x] [x]|
               | *  *  * [x] [x] [x]|    Row-cycling in the nblr-by-nblc [x] blocks.
               | *  *  * [x] [x] [x]|    Row-cyclic pivoting inside each [x] block.
               |[x] [x] [x] *  *  * |
               |[x] [x] [x] *  *  * |
               |[x] [x] [x] *  *  * |

            In terms of the columns of A, the first N1 columns are rotated 'against'
            the remaining N-N1 columns, trying to increase the angle between the
            corresponding subspaces. The off-diagonal block is N1-by(N-N1) and it is
            tiled using quadratic tiles of side KBL. Here, KBL is a tuning parameter.
            The number of sweeps is given in NSWEEP and the orthogonality threshold
            is given in TOL.

       Parameters
           JOBV

                     JOBV is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the output from this procedure is used
                     to compute the matrix V:
                     = 'V': the product of the Jacobi rotations is accumulated
                            by postmulyiplying the N-by-N array V.
                           (See the description of V.)
                     = 'A': the product of the Jacobi rotations is accumulated
                            by postmulyiplying the MV-by-N array V.
                           (See the descriptions of MV and V.)
                     = 'N': the Jacobi rotations are not accumulated.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the input matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the input matrix A.
                     M >= N >= 0.

           N1

                     N1 is INTEGER
                     N1 specifies the 2 x 2 block partition, the first N1 columns are
                     rotated 'against' the remaining N-N1 columns of A.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, M-by-N matrix A, such that A*diag(D) represents
                     the input matrix.
                     On exit,
                     A_onexit * D_onexit represents the input matrix A*diag(D)
                     post-multiplied by a sequence of Jacobi rotations, where the
                     rotation threshold and the total number of sweeps are given in
                     TOL and NSWEEP, respectively.
                     (See the descriptions of N1, D, TOL and NSWEEP.)

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The array D accumulates the scaling factors from the fast scaled
                     Jacobi rotations.
                     On entry, A*diag(D) represents the input matrix.
                     On exit, A_onexit*diag(D_onexit) represents the input matrix
                     post-multiplied by a sequence of Jacobi rotations, where the
                     rotation threshold and the total number of sweeps are given in
                     TOL and NSWEEP, respectively.
                     (See the descriptions of N1, A, TOL and NSWEEP.)

           SVA

                     SVA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     On entry, SVA contains the Euclidean norms of the columns of
                     the matrix A*diag(D).
                     On exit, SVA contains the Euclidean norms of the columns of
                     the matrix onexit*diag(D_onexit).

           MV

                     MV is INTEGER
                     If JOBV = 'A', then MV rows of V are post-multipled by a
                                    sequence of Jacobi rotations.
                     If JOBV = 'N', then MV is not referenced.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,N)
                     If JOBV = 'V', then N rows of V are post-multipled by a
                                    sequence of Jacobi rotations.
                     If JOBV = 'A', then MV rows of V are post-multipled by a
                                    sequence of Jacobi rotations.
                     If JOBV = 'N', then V is not referenced.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V,  LDV >= 1.
                     If JOBV = 'V', LDV >= N.
                     If JOBV = 'A', LDV >= MV.

           EPS

                     EPS is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     EPS = DLAMCH('Epsilon')

           SFMIN

                     SFMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     SFMIN = DLAMCH('Safe Minimum')

           TOL

                     TOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     TOL is the threshold for Jacobi rotations. For a pair
                     A(:,p), A(:,q) of pivot columns, the Jacobi rotation is
                     applied only if DABS(COS(angle(A(:,p),A(:,q)))) > TOL.

           NSWEEP

                     NSWEEP is INTEGER
                     NSWEEP is the number of sweeps of Jacobi rotations to be
                     performed.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     LWORK is the dimension of WORK. LWORK >= M.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, then the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Zlatko Drmac (Zagreb, Croatia) and Kresimir Veselic (Hagen, Germany)

   subroutine dhsein (character SIDE, character EIGSRC, character INITV, logical, dimension( * )
       SELECT, integer N, double precision, dimension( ldh, * ) H, integer LDH, double precision,
       dimension( * ) WR, double precision, dimension( * ) WI, double precision, dimension( ldvl,
       * ) VL, integer LDVL, double precision, dimension( ldvr, * ) VR, integer LDVR, integer MM,
       integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IFAILL, integer,
       dimension( * ) IFAILR, integer INFO)
       DHSEIN

       Purpose:

            DHSEIN uses inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left
            eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H.

            The right eigenvector x and the left eigenvector y of the matrix H
            corresponding to an eigenvalue w are defined by:

                         H * x = w * x,     y**h * H = w * y**h

            where y**h denotes the conjugate transpose of the vector y.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'R': compute right eigenvectors only;
                     = 'L': compute left eigenvectors only;
                     = 'B': compute both right and left eigenvectors.

           EIGSRC

                     EIGSRC is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the source of eigenvalues supplied in (WR,WI):
                     = 'Q': the eigenvalues were found using DHSEQR; thus, if
                            H has zero subdiagonal elements, and so is
                            block-triangular, then the j-th eigenvalue can be
                            assumed to be an eigenvalue of the block containing
                            the j-th row/column.  This property allows DHSEIN to
                            perform inverse iteration on just one diagonal block.
                     = 'N': no assumptions are made on the correspondence
                            between eigenvalues and diagonal blocks.  In this
                            case, DHSEIN must always perform inverse iteration
                            using the whole matrix H.

           INITV

                     INITV is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': no initial vectors are supplied;
                     = 'U': user-supplied initial vectors are stored in the arrays
                            VL and/or VR.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     Specifies the eigenvectors to be computed. To select the
                     real eigenvector corresponding to a real eigenvalue WR(j),
                     SELECT(j) must be set to .TRUE.. To select the complex
                     eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue
                     (WR(j),WI(j)), with complex conjugate (WR(j+1),WI(j+1)),
                     either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) or both must be set to
                     .TRUE.; then on exit SELECT(j) is .TRUE. and SELECT(j+1) is
                     .FALSE..

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix H.  N >= 0.

           H

                     H is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDH,N)
                     The upper Hessenberg matrix H.
                     If a NaN is detected in H, the routine will return with INFO=-6.

           LDH

                     LDH is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array H.  LDH >= max(1,N).

           WR

                     WR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           WI

                     WI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

                     On entry, the real and imaginary parts of the eigenvalues of
                     H; a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues must be stored in
                     consecutive elements of WR and WI.
                     On exit, WR may have been altered since close eigenvalues
                     are perturbed slightly in searching for independent
                     eigenvectors.

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,MM)
                     On entry, if INITV = 'U' and SIDE = 'L' or 'B', VL must
                     contain starting vectors for the inverse iteration for the
                     left eigenvectors; the starting vector for each eigenvector
                     must be in the same column(s) in which the eigenvector will
                     be stored.
                     On exit, if SIDE = 'L' or 'B', the left eigenvectors
                     specified by SELECT will be stored consecutively in the
                     columns of VL, in the same order as their eigenvalues. A
                     complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue is
                     stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the real
                     part and the second the imaginary part.
                     If SIDE = 'R', VL is not referenced.

           LDVL

                     LDVL is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VL.
                     LDVL >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'L' or 'B'; LDVL >= 1 otherwise.

           VR

                     VR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,MM)
                     On entry, if INITV = 'U' and SIDE = 'R' or 'B', VR must
                     contain starting vectors for the inverse iteration for the
                     right eigenvectors; the starting vector for each eigenvector
                     must be in the same column(s) in which the eigenvector will
                     be stored.
                     On exit, if SIDE = 'R' or 'B', the right eigenvectors
                     specified by SELECT will be stored consecutively in the
                     columns of VR, in the same order as their eigenvalues. A
                     complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue is
                     stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the real
                     part and the second the imaginary part.
                     If SIDE = 'L', VR is not referenced.

           LDVR

                     LDVR is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VR.
                     LDVR >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'R' or 'B'; LDVR >= 1 otherwise.

           MM

                     MM is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR. MM >= M.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR required to
                     store the eigenvectors; each selected real eigenvector
                     occupies one column and each selected complex eigenvector
                     occupies two columns.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ((N+2)*N)

           IFAILL

                     IFAILL is INTEGER array, dimension (MM)
                     If SIDE = 'L' or 'B', IFAILL(i) = j > 0 if the left
                     eigenvector in the i-th column of VL (corresponding to the
                     eigenvalue w(j)) failed to converge; IFAILL(i) = 0 if the
                     eigenvector converged satisfactorily. If the i-th and (i+1)th
                     columns of VL hold a complex eigenvector, then IFAILL(i) and
                     IFAILL(i+1) are set to the same value.
                     If SIDE = 'R', IFAILL is not referenced.

           IFAILR

                     IFAILR is INTEGER array, dimension (MM)
                     If SIDE = 'R' or 'B', IFAILR(i) = j > 0 if the right
                     eigenvector in the i-th column of VR (corresponding to the
                     eigenvalue w(j)) failed to converge; IFAILR(i) = 0 if the
                     eigenvector converged satisfactorily. If the i-th and (i+1)th
                     columns of VR hold a complex eigenvector, then IFAILR(i) and
                     IFAILR(i+1) are set to the same value.
                     If SIDE = 'L', IFAILR is not referenced.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, i is the number of eigenvectors which
                           failed to converge; see IFAILL and IFAILR for further
                           details.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             Each eigenvector is normalized so that the element of largest
             magnitude has magnitude 1; here the magnitude of a complex number
             (x,y) is taken to be |x|+|y|.

   subroutine dhseqr (character JOB, character COMPZ, integer N, integer ILO, integer IHI, double
       precision, dimension( ldh, * ) H, integer LDH, double precision, dimension( * ) WR, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WI, double precision, dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DHSEQR

       Purpose:

               DHSEQR computes the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H
               and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition
               H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the
               Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors.

               Optionally Z may be postmultiplied into an input orthogonal
               matrix Q so that this routine can give the Schur factorization
               of a matrix A which has been reduced to the Hessenberg form H
               by the orthogonal matrix Q:  A = Q*H*Q**T = (QZ)*T*(QZ)**T.

       Parameters
           JOB

                     JOB is CHARACTER*1
                      = 'E':  compute eigenvalues only;
                      = 'S':  compute eigenvalues and the Schur form T.

           COMPZ

                     COMPZ is CHARACTER*1
                      = 'N':  no Schur vectors are computed;
                      = 'I':  Z is initialized to the unit matrix and the matrix Z
                              of Schur vectors of H is returned;
                      = 'V':  Z must contain an orthogonal matrix Q on entry, and
                              the product Q*Z is returned.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                      The order of the matrix H.  N >= 0.

           ILO

                     ILO is INTEGER

           IHI

                     IHI is INTEGER

                      It is assumed that H is already upper triangular in rows
                      and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N. ILO and IHI are normally
                      set by a previous call to DGEBAL, and then passed to ZGEHRD
                      when the matrix output by DGEBAL is reduced to Hessenberg
                      form. Otherwise ILO and IHI should be set to 1 and N
                      respectively.  If N > 0, then 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N.
                      If N = 0, then ILO = 1 and IHI = 0.

           H

                     H is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDH,N)
                      On entry, the upper Hessenberg matrix H.
                      On exit, if INFO = 0 and JOB = 'S', then H contains the
                      upper quasi-triangular matrix T from the Schur decomposition
                      (the Schur form); 2-by-2 diagonal blocks (corresponding to
                      complex conjugate pairs of eigenvalues) are returned in
                      standard form, with H(i,i) = H(i+1,i+1) and
                      H(i+1,i)*H(i,i+1) < 0. If INFO = 0 and JOB = 'E', the
                      contents of H are unspecified on exit.  (The output value of
                      H when INFO > 0 is given under the description of INFO
                      below.)

                      Unlike earlier versions of DHSEQR, this subroutine may
                      explicitly H(i,j) = 0 for i > j and j = 1, 2, ... ILO-1
                      or j = IHI+1, IHI+2, ... N.

           LDH

                     LDH is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of the array H. LDH >= max(1,N).

           WR

                     WR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           WI

                     WI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

                      The real and imaginary parts, respectively, of the computed
                      eigenvalues. If two eigenvalues are computed as a complex
                      conjugate pair, they are stored in consecutive elements of
                      WR and WI, say the i-th and (i+1)th, with WI(i) > 0 and
                      WI(i+1) < 0. If JOB = 'S', the eigenvalues are stored in
                      the same order as on the diagonal of the Schur form returned
                      in H, with WR(i) = H(i,i) and, if H(i:i+1,i:i+1) is a 2-by-2
                      diagonal block, WI(i) = sqrt(-H(i+1,i)*H(i,i+1)) and
                      WI(i+1) = -WI(i).

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ,N)
                      If COMPZ = 'N', Z is not referenced.
                      If COMPZ = 'I', on entry Z need not be set and on exit,
                      if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthogonal matrix Z of the Schur
                      vectors of H.  If COMPZ = 'V', on entry Z must contain an
                      N-by-N matrix Q, which is assumed to be equal to the unit
                      matrix except for the submatrix Z(ILO:IHI,ILO:IHI). On exit,
                      if INFO = 0, Z contains Q*Z.
                      Normally Q is the orthogonal matrix generated by DORGHR
                      after the call to DGEHRD which formed the Hessenberg matrix
                      H. (The output value of Z when INFO > 0 is given under
                      the description of INFO below.)

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of the array Z.  if COMPZ = 'I' or
                      COMPZ = 'V', then LDZ >= MAX(1,N).  Otherwise, LDZ >= 1.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)
                      On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns an estimate of
                      the optimal value for LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK.  LWORK >= max(1,N)
                      is sufficient and delivers very good and sometimes
                      optimal performance.  However, LWORK as large as 11*N
                      may be required for optimal performance.  A workspace
                      query is recommended to determine the optimal workspace
                      size.

                      If LWORK = -1, then DHSEQR does a workspace query.
                      In this case, DHSEQR checks the input parameters and
                      estimates the optimal workspace size for the given
                      values of N, ILO and IHI.  The estimate is returned
                      in WORK(1).  No error message related to LWORK is
                      issued by XERBLA.  Neither H nor Z are accessed.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                        = 0:  successful exit
                        < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal
                               value
                        > 0:  if INFO = i, DHSEQR failed to compute all of
                           the eigenvalues.  Elements 1:ilo-1 and i+1:n of WR
                           and WI contain those eigenvalues which have been
                           successfully computed.  (Failures are rare.)

                           If INFO > 0 and JOB = 'E', then on exit, the
                           remaining unconverged eigenvalues are the eigen-
                           values of the upper Hessenberg matrix rows and
                           columns ILO through INFO of the final, output
                           value of H.

                           If INFO > 0 and JOB   = 'S', then on exit

                      (*)  (initial value of H)*U  = U*(final value of H)

                           where U is an orthogonal matrix.  The final
                           value of H is upper Hessenberg and quasi-triangular
                           in rows and columns INFO+1 through IHI.

                           If INFO > 0 and COMPZ = 'V', then on exit

                             (final value of Z)  =  (initial value of Z)*U

                           where U is the orthogonal matrix in (*) (regard-
                           less of the value of JOB.)

                           If INFO > 0 and COMPZ = 'I', then on exit
                                 (final value of Z)  = U
                           where U is the orthogonal matrix in (*) (regard-
                           less of the value of JOB.)

                           If INFO > 0 and COMPZ = 'N', then Z is not
                           accessed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Karen Braman and Ralph Byers, Department of Mathematics, University of Kansas, USA

       Further Details:

                        Default values supplied by
                        ILAENV(ISPEC,'DHSEQR',JOB(:1)//COMPZ(:1),N,ILO,IHI,LWORK).
                        It is suggested that these defaults be adjusted in order
                        to attain best performance in each particular
                        computational environment.

                       ISPEC=12: The DLAHQR vs DLAQR0 crossover point.
                                 Default: 75. (Must be at least 11.)

                       ISPEC=13: Recommended deflation window size.
                                 This depends on ILO, IHI and NS.  NS is the
                                 number of simultaneous shifts returned
                                 by ILAENV(ISPEC=15).  (See ISPEC=15 below.)
                                 The default for (IHI-ILO+1) <= 500 is NS.
                                 The default for (IHI-ILO+1) >  500 is 3*NS/2.

                       ISPEC=14: Nibble crossover point. (See IPARMQ for
                                 details.)  Default: 14% of deflation window
                                 size.

                       ISPEC=15: Number of simultaneous shifts in a multishift
                                 QR iteration.

                                 If IHI-ILO+1 is ...

                                 greater than      ...but less    ... the
                                 or equal to ...      than        default is

                                      1               30          NS =   2(+)
                                     30               60          NS =   4(+)
                                     60              150          NS =  10(+)
                                    150              590          NS =  **
                                    590             3000          NS =  64
                                   3000             6000          NS = 128
                                   6000             infinity      NS = 256

                             (+)  By default some or all matrices of this order
                                  are passed to the implicit double shift routine
                                  DLAHQR and this parameter is ignored.  See
                                  ISPEC=12 above and comments in IPARMQ for
                                  details.

                            (**)  The asterisks (**) indicate an ad-hoc
                                  function of N increasing from 10 to 64.

                       ISPEC=16: Select structured matrix multiply.
                                 If the number of simultaneous shifts (specified
                                 by ISPEC=15) is less than 14, then the default
                                 for ISPEC=16 is 0.  Otherwise the default for
                                 ISPEC=16 is 2.

       References:

             K. Braman, R. Byers and R. Mathias, The Multi-Shift QR
             Algorithm Part I: Maintaining Well Focused Shifts, and Level 3
             Performance, SIAM Journal of Matrix Analysis, volume 23, pages
             929--947, 2002.

            K. Braman, R. Byers and R. Mathias, The Multi-Shift QR Algorithm Part II: Aggressive
           Early Deflation, SIAM Journal of Matrix Analysis, volume 23, pages 948--973, 2002.

   subroutine dla_lin_berr (integer N, integer NZ, integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( n,
       nrhs ) RES, double precision, dimension( n, nrhs ) AYB, double precision, dimension( nrhs
       ) BERR)
       DLA_LIN_BERR computes a component-wise relative backward error.

       Purpose:

               DLA_LIN_BERR computes component-wise relative backward error from
               the formula
                   max(i) ( abs(R(i)) / ( abs(op(A_s))*abs(Y) + abs(B_s) )(i) )
               where abs(Z) is the component-wise absolute value of the matrix
               or vector Z.

       Parameters
           N

                     N is INTEGER
                The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the
                matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NZ

                     NZ is INTEGER
                We add (NZ+1)*SLAMCH( 'Safe minimum' ) to R(i) in the numerator to
                guard against spuriously zero residuals. Default value is N.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                of the matrices AYB, RES, and BERR.  NRHS >= 0.

           RES

                     RES is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N,NRHS)
                The residual matrix, i.e., the matrix R in the relative backward
                error formula above.

           AYB

                     AYB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N, NRHS)
                The denominator in the relative backward error formula above, i.e.,
                the matrix abs(op(A_s))*abs(Y) + abs(B_s). The matrices A, Y, and B
                are from iterative refinement (see dla_gerfsx_extended.f).

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                The component-wise relative backward error from the formula above.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dla_wwaddw (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) X, double precision,
       dimension( * ) Y, double precision, dimension( * ) W)
       DLA_WWADDW adds a vector into a doubled-single vector.

       Purpose:

               DLA_WWADDW adds a vector W into a doubled-single vector (X, Y).

               This works for all extant IBM's hex and binary floating point
               arithmetic, but not for decimal.

       Parameters
           N

                     N is INTEGER
                       The length of vectors X, Y, and W.

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                       The first part of the doubled-single accumulation vector.

           Y

                     Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                       The second part of the doubled-single accumulation vector.

           W

                     W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                       The vector to be added.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dlals0 (integer ICOMPQ, integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer NRHS, double
       precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldbx, * ) BX,
       integer LDBX, integer, dimension( * ) PERM, integer GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, *
       ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, double precision, dimension( ldgnum, * ) GIVNUM, integer LDGNUM,
       double precision, dimension( ldgnum, * ) POLES, double precision, dimension( * ) DIFL,
       double precision, dimension( ldgnum, * ) DIFR, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, integer
       K, double precision C, double precision S, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer
       INFO)
       DLALS0 applies back multiplying factors in solving the least squares problem using divide
       and conquer SVD approach. Used by sgelsd.

       Purpose:

            DLALS0 applies back the multiplying factors of either the left or the
            right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row
            to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem
            using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach.

            For the left singular vector matrix, three types of orthogonal
            matrices are involved:

            (1L) Givens rotations: the number of such rotations is GIVPTR; the
                 pairs of columns/rows they were applied to are stored in GIVCOL;
                 and the C- and S-values of these rotations are stored in GIVNUM.

            (2L) Permutation. The (NL+1)-st row of B is to be moved to the first
                 row, and for J=2:N, PERM(J)-th row of B is to be moved to the
                 J-th row.

            (3L) The left singular vector matrix of the remaining matrix.

            For the right singular vector matrix, four types of orthogonal
            matrices are involved:

            (1R) The right singular vector matrix of the remaining matrix.

            (2R) If SQRE = 1, one extra Givens rotation to generate the right
                 null space.

            (3R) The inverse transformation of (2L).

            (4R) The inverse transformation of (1L).

       Parameters
           ICOMPQ

                     ICOMPQ is INTEGER
                    Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in
                    factored form:
                    = 0: Left singular vector matrix.
                    = 1: Right singular vector matrix.

           NL

                     NL is INTEGER
                    The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1.

           NR

                     NR is INTEGER
                    The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1.

           SQRE

                     SQRE is INTEGER
                    = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
                    = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.

                    The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1,
                    and column dimension M = N + SQRE.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                    The number of columns of B and BX. NRHS must be at least 1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, NRHS )
                    On input, B contains the right hand sides of the least
                    squares problem in rows 1 through M. On output, B contains
                    the solution X in rows 1 through N.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of B. LDB must be at least
                    max(1,MAX( M, N ) ).

           BX

                     BX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDBX, NRHS )

           LDBX

                     LDBX is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of BX.

           PERM

                     PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
                    The permutations (from deflation and sorting) applied
                    to the two blocks.

           GIVPTR

                     GIVPTR is INTEGER
                    The number of Givens rotations which took place in this
                    subproblem.

           GIVCOL

                     GIVCOL is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 )
                    Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of rows/columns
                    involved in a Givens rotation.

           LDGCOL

                     LDGCOL is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N.

           GIVNUM

                     GIVNUM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
                    Each number indicates the C or S value used in the
                    corresponding Givens rotation.

           LDGNUM

                     LDGNUM is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of arrays DIFR, POLES and
                    GIVNUM, must be at least K.

           POLES

                     POLES is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
                    On entry, POLES(1:K, 1) contains the new singular
                    values obtained from solving the secular equation, and
                    POLES(1:K, 2) is an array containing the poles in the secular
                    equation.

           DIFL

                     DIFL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ).
                    On entry, DIFL(I) is the distance between I-th updated
                    (undeflated) singular value and the I-th (undeflated) old
                    singular value.

           DIFR

                     DIFR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ).
                    On entry, DIFR(I, 1) contains the distances between I-th
                    updated (undeflated) singular value and the I+1-th
                    (undeflated) old singular value. And DIFR(I, 2) is the
                    normalizing factor for the I-th right singular vector.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
                    Contain the components of the deflation-adjusted updating row
                    vector.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                    Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix,
                    This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION
                    C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens
                    rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION
                    S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens
                    rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at
           Berkeley, USA
            Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

   subroutine dlalsa (integer ICOMPQ, integer SMLSIZ, integer N, integer NRHS, double precision,
       dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldbx, * ) BX, integer
       LDBX, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension(
       ldu, * ) VT, integer, dimension( * ) K, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) DIFL, double
       precision, dimension( ldu, * ) DIFR, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) Z, double
       precision, dimension( ldu, * ) POLES, integer, dimension( * ) GIVPTR, integer, dimension(
       ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) PERM, double
       precision, dimension( ldu, * ) GIVNUM, double precision, dimension( * ) C, double
       precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( *
       ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DLALSA computes the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form. Used by sgelsd.

       Purpose:

            DLALSA is an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem
            by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The
            singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal
            matrices.).

            If ICOMPQ = 0, DLALSA applies the inverse of the left singular vector
            matrix of an upper bidiagonal matrix to the right hand side; and if
            ICOMPQ = 1, DLALSA applies the right singular vector matrix to the
            right hand side. The singular vector matrices were generated in
            compact form by DLALSA.

       Parameters
           ICOMPQ

                     ICOMPQ is INTEGER
                    Specifies whether the left or the right singular vector
                    matrix is involved.
                    = 0: Left singular vector matrix
                    = 1: Right singular vector matrix

           SMLSIZ

                     SMLSIZ is INTEGER
                    The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the
                    computation tree.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                    The row and column dimensions of the upper bidiagonal matrix.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                    The number of columns of B and BX. NRHS must be at least 1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, NRHS )
                    On input, B contains the right hand sides of the least
                    squares problem in rows 1 through M.
                    On output, B contains the solution X in rows 1 through N.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of B in the calling subprogram.
                    LDB must be at least max(1,MAX( M, N ) ).

           BX

                     BX is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDBX, NRHS )
                    On exit, the result of applying the left or right singular
                    vector matrix to B.

           LDBX

                     LDBX is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of BX.

           U

                     U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ ).
                    On entry, U contains the left singular vector matrices of all
                    subproblems at the bottom level.

           LDU

                     LDU is INTEGER, LDU = > N.
                    The leading dimension of arrays U, VT, DIFL, DIFR,
                    POLES, GIVNUM, and Z.

           VT

                     VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ+1 ).
                    On entry, VT**T contains the right singular vector matrices of
                    all subproblems at the bottom level.

           K

                     K is INTEGER array, dimension ( N ).

           DIFL

                     DIFL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ).
                    where NLVL = INT(log_2 (N/(SMLSIZ+1))) + 1.

           DIFR

                     DIFR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ).
                    On entry, DIFL(*, I) and DIFR(*, 2 * I -1) record
                    distances between singular values on the I-th level and
                    singular values on the (I -1)-th level, and DIFR(*, 2 * I)
                    record the normalizing factors of the right singular vectors
                    matrices of subproblems on I-th level.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ).
                    On entry, Z(1, I) contains the components of the deflation-
                    adjusted updating row vector for subproblems on the I-th
                    level.

           POLES

                     POLES is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ).
                    On entry, POLES(*, 2 * I -1: 2 * I) contains the new and old
                    singular values involved in the secular equations on the I-th
                    level.

           GIVPTR

                     GIVPTR is INTEGER array, dimension ( N ).
                    On entry, GIVPTR( I ) records the number of Givens
                    rotations performed on the I-th problem on the computation
                    tree.

           GIVCOL

                     GIVCOL is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 * NLVL ).
                    On entry, for each I, GIVCOL(*, 2 * I - 1: 2 * I) records the
                    locations of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on
                    the computation tree.

           LDGCOL

                     LDGCOL is INTEGER, LDGCOL = > N.
                    The leading dimension of arrays GIVCOL and PERM.

           PERM

                     PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, NLVL ).
                    On entry, PERM(*, I) records permutations done on the I-th
                    level of the computation tree.

           GIVNUM

                     GIVNUM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ).
                    On entry, GIVNUM(*, 2 *I -1 : 2 * I) records the C- and S-
                    values of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on the
                    computation tree.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ).
                    On entry, if the I-th subproblem is not square,
                    C( I ) contains the C-value of a Givens rotation related to
                    the right null space of the I-th subproblem.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ).
                    On entry, if the I-th subproblem is not square,
                    S( I ) contains the S-value of a Givens rotation related to
                    the right null space of the I-th subproblem.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (3*N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at
           Berkeley, USA
            Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

   subroutine dlalsd (character UPLO, integer SMLSIZ, integer N, integer NRHS, double precision,
       dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( ldb, *
       ) B, integer LDB, double precision RCOND, integer RANK, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DLALSD uses the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem.

       Purpose:

            DLALSD uses the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least
            squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each
            column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B
            are N-by-NRHS. The solution X overwrites B.

            The singular values of A smaller than RCOND times the largest
            singular value are treated as zero in solving the least squares
            problem; in this case a minimum norm solution is returned.
            The actual singular values are returned in D in ascending order.

            This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point
            arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in
            add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits
            which subtract like the Cray XMP, Cray YMP, Cray C 90, or Cray 2.
            It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines
            without guard digits, but we know of none.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                    = 'U': D and E define an upper bidiagonal matrix.
                    = 'L': D and E define a  lower bidiagonal matrix.

           SMLSIZ

                     SMLSIZ is INTEGER
                    The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the
                    computation tree.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                    The dimension of the  bidiagonal matrix.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                    The number of columns of B. NRHS must be at least 1.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                    On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal
                    matrix. On exit, if INFO = 0, D contains its singular values.

           E

                     E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                    Contains the super-diagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix.
                    On exit, E has been destroyed.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                    On input, B contains the right hand sides of the least
                    squares problem. On output, B contains the solution X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                    The leading dimension of B in the calling subprogram.
                    LDB must be at least max(1,N).

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                    The singular values of A less than or equal to RCOND times
                    the largest singular value are treated as zero in solving
                    the least squares problem. If RCOND is negative,
                    machine precision is used instead.
                    For example, if diag(S)*X=B were the least squares problem,
                    where diag(S) is a diagonal matrix of singular values, the
                    solution would be X(i) = B(i) / S(i) if S(i) is greater than
                    RCOND*max(S), and X(i) = 0 if S(i) is less than or equal to
                    RCOND*max(S).

           RANK

                     RANK is INTEGER
                    The number of singular values of A greater than RCOND times
                    the largest singular value.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least
                    (9*N + 2*N*SMLSIZ + 8*N*NLVL + N*NRHS + (SMLSIZ+1)**2),
                    where NLVL = max(0, INT(log_2 (N/(SMLSIZ+1))) + 1).

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension at least
                    (3*N*NLVL + 11*N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                    = 0:  successful exit.
                    < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                    > 0:  The algorithm failed to compute a singular value while
                          working on the submatrix lying in rows and columns
                          INFO/(N+1) through MOD(INFO,N+1).

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at
           Berkeley, USA
            Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

   double precision function dlansf (character NORM, character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N,
       double precision, dimension( 0: * ) A, double precision, dimension( 0: * ) WORK)
       DLANSF returns the value of the 1-norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or
       the element of largest absolute value of a symmetric matrix in RFP format.

       Purpose:

            DLANSF returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or
            the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a
            real symmetric matrix A in RFP format.

       Returns
           DLANSF

               DLANSF = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm'
                        (
                        ( norm1(A),         NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o'
                        (
                        ( normI(A),         NORM = 'I' or 'i'
                        (
                        ( normF(A),         NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e'

            where  norm1  denotes the  one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum),
            normI  denotes the  infinity norm  of a matrix  (maximum row sum) and
            normF  denotes the  Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of
            squares).  Note that  max(abs(A(i,j)))  is not a  matrix norm.

       Parameters
           NORM

                     NORM is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the value to be returned in DLANSF as described
                     above.

           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the RFP format of A is normal or
                     transposed format.
                     = 'N':  RFP format is Normal;
                     = 'T':  RFP format is Transpose.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                      On entry, UPLO specifies whether the RFP matrix A came from
                      an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:
                      = 'U': RFP A came from an upper triangular matrix;
                      = 'L': RFP A came from a lower triangular matrix.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANSF is
                     set to zero.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 );
                     On entry, the upper (if UPLO = 'U') or lower (if UPLO = 'L')
                     part of the symmetric matrix A stored in RFP format. See the
                     'Notes' below for more details.
                     Unchanged on exit.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK)),
                     where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I' or '1' or 'O'; otherwise,
                     WORK is not referenced.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dlarscl2 (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double
       precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX)
       DLARSCL2 performs reciprocal diagonal scaling on a matrix.

       Purpose:

            DLARSCL2 performs a reciprocal diagonal scaling on a matrix:
              x <-- inv(D) * x
            where the diagonal matrix D is stored as a vector.

            Eventually to be replaced by BLAS_dge_diag_scale in the new BLAS
            standard.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                The number of rows of D and X. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                The number of columns of X. N >= 0.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)
                Diagonal matrix D, stored as a vector of length M.

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,N)
                On entry, the matrix X to be scaled by D.
                On exit, the scaled matrix.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                The leading dimension of the matrix X. LDX >= M.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dlarz (character SIDE, integer M, integer N, integer L, double precision,
       dimension( * ) V, integer INCV, double precision TAU, double precision, dimension( ldc, *
       ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK)
       DLARZ applies an elementary reflector (as returned by stzrzf) to a general matrix.

       Purpose:

            DLARZ applies a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N
            matrix C, from either the left or the right. H is represented in the
            form

                  H = I - tau * v * v**T

            where tau is a real scalar and v is a real vector.

            If tau = 0, then H is taken to be the unit matrix.

            H is a product of k elementary reflectors as returned by DTZRZF.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': form  H * C
                     = 'R': form  C * H

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of entries of the vector V containing
                     the meaningful part of the Householder vectors.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(L-1)*abs(INCV))
                     The vector v in the representation of H as returned by
                     DTZRZF. V is not used if TAU = 0.

           INCV

                     INCV is INTEGER
                     The increment between elements of v. INCV <> 0.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The value tau in the representation of H.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by the matrix H * C if SIDE = 'L',
                     or C * H if SIDE = 'R'.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                    (N) if SIDE = 'L'
                                 or (M) if SIDE = 'R'

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

   subroutine dlarzb (character SIDE, character TRANS, character DIRECT, character STOREV,
       integer M, integer N, integer K, integer L, double precision, dimension( ldv, * ) V,
       integer LDV, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision,
       dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( ldwork, * ) WORK, integer
       LDWORK)
       DLARZB applies a block reflector or its transpose to a general matrix.

       Purpose:

            DLARZB applies a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to
            a real distributed M-by-N  C from the left or the right.

            Currently, only STOREV = 'R' and DIRECT = 'B' are supported.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply H or H**T from the Left
                     = 'R': apply H or H**T from the Right

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': apply H (No transpose)
                     = 'C': apply H**T (Transpose)

           DIRECT

                     DIRECT is CHARACTER*1
                     Indicates how H is formed from a product of elementary
                     reflectors
                     = 'F': H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) (Forward, not supported yet)
                     = 'B': H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) (Backward)

           STOREV

                     STOREV is CHARACTER*1
                     Indicates how the vectors which define the elementary
                     reflectors are stored:
                     = 'C': Columnwise                        (not supported yet)
                     = 'R': Rowwise

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix T (= the number of elementary
                     reflectors whose product defines the block reflector).

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix V containing the
                     meaningful part of the Householder reflectors.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,NV).
                     If STOREV = 'C', NV = K; if STOREV = 'R', NV = L.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V.
                     If STOREV = 'C', LDV >= L; if STOREV = 'R', LDV >= K.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The triangular K-by-K matrix T in the representation of the
                     block reflector.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= K.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by H*C or H**T*C or C*H or C*H**T.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDWORK,K)

           LDWORK

                     LDWORK is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LDWORK >= max(1,M).

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

   subroutine dlarzt (character DIRECT, character STOREV, integer N, integer K, double precision,
       dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double
       precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT)
       DLARZT forms the triangular factor T of a block reflector H = I - vtvH.

       Purpose:

            DLARZT forms the triangular factor T of a real block reflector
            H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary
            reflectors.

            If DIRECT = 'F', H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) and T is upper triangular;

            If DIRECT = 'B', H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) and T is lower triangular.

            If STOREV = 'C', the vector which defines the elementary reflector
            H(i) is stored in the i-th column of the array V, and

               H  =  I - V * T * V**T

            If STOREV = 'R', the vector which defines the elementary reflector
            H(i) is stored in the i-th row of the array V, and

               H  =  I - V**T * T * V

            Currently, only STOREV = 'R' and DIRECT = 'B' are supported.

       Parameters
           DIRECT

                     DIRECT is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the order in which the elementary reflectors are
                     multiplied to form the block reflector:
                     = 'F': H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) (Forward, not supported yet)
                     = 'B': H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) (Backward)

           STOREV

                     STOREV is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies how the vectors which define the elementary
                     reflectors are stored (see also Further Details):
                     = 'C': columnwise                        (not supported yet)
                     = 'R': rowwise

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the block reflector H. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The order of the triangular factor T (= the number of
                     elementary reflectors). K >= 1.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDV,K) if STOREV = 'C'
                                          (LDV,N) if STOREV = 'R'
                     The matrix V. See further details.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V.
                     If STOREV = 'C', LDV >= max(1,N); if STOREV = 'R', LDV >= K.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The k by k triangular factor T of the block reflector.
                     If DIRECT = 'F', T is upper triangular; if DIRECT = 'B', T is
                     lower triangular. The rest of the array is not used.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= K.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

             The shape of the matrix V and the storage of the vectors which define
             the H(i) is best illustrated by the following example with n = 5 and
             k = 3. The elements equal to 1 are not stored; the corresponding
             array elements are modified but restored on exit. The rest of the
             array is not used.

             DIRECT = 'F' and STOREV = 'C':         DIRECT = 'F' and STOREV = 'R':

                                                         ______V_____
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )                        /            \
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )                      ( v1 v1 v1 v1 v1 . . . . 1 )
                V = ( v1 v2 v3 )                      ( v2 v2 v2 v2 v2 . . . 1   )
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )                      ( v3 v3 v3 v3 v3 . . 1     )
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )
                       .  .  .
                       .  .  .
                       1  .  .
                          1  .
                             1

             DIRECT = 'B' and STOREV = 'C':         DIRECT = 'B' and STOREV = 'R':

                                                                   ______V_____
                       1                                          /            \
                       .  1                           ( 1 . . . . v1 v1 v1 v1 v1 )
                       .  .  1                        ( . 1 . . . v2 v2 v2 v2 v2 )
                       .  .  .                        ( . . 1 . . v3 v3 v3 v3 v3 )
                       .  .  .
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )
                V = ( v1 v2 v3 )
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )
                    ( v1 v2 v3 )

   subroutine dlascl2 (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double
       precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX)
       DLASCL2 performs diagonal scaling on a matrix.

       Purpose:

            DLASCL2 performs a diagonal scaling on a matrix:
              x <-- D * x
            where the diagonal matrix D is stored as a vector.

            Eventually to be replaced by BLAS_dge_diag_scale in the new BLAS
            standard.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                The number of rows of D and X. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                The number of columns of X. N >= 0.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, length M
                Diagonal matrix D, stored as a vector of length M.

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,N)
                On entry, the matrix X to be scaled by D.
                On exit, the scaled matrix.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                The leading dimension of the matrix X. LDX >= M.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dlatrz (integer M, integer N, integer L, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK)
       DLATRZ factors an upper trapezoidal matrix by means of orthogonal transformations.

       Purpose:

            DLATRZ factors the M-by-(M+L) real upper trapezoidal matrix
            [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R  0 ) * Z, by means
            of orthogonal transformations.  Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) orthogonal
            matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A containing the
                     meaningful part of the Householder vectors. N-M >= L >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the leading M-by-N upper trapezoidal part of the
                     array A must contain the matrix to be factorized.
                     On exit, the leading M-by-M upper triangular part of A
                     contains the upper triangular matrix R, and elements N-L+1 to
                     N of the first M rows of A, with the array TAU, represent the
                     orthogonal matrix Z as a product of M elementary reflectors.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

             The factorization is obtained by Householder's method.  The kth
             transformation matrix, Z( k ), which is used to introduce zeros into
             the ( m - k + 1 )th row of A, is given in the form

                Z( k ) = ( I     0   ),
                         ( 0  T( k ) )

             where

                T( k ) = I - tau*u( k )*u( k )**T,   u( k ) = (   1    ),
                                                            (   0    )
                                                            ( z( k ) )

             tau is a scalar and z( k ) is an l element vector. tau and z( k )
             are chosen to annihilate the elements of the kth row of A2.

             The scalar tau is returned in the kth element of TAU and the vector
             u( k ) in the kth row of A2, such that the elements of z( k ) are
             in  a( k, l + 1 ), ..., a( k, n ). The elements of R are returned in
             the upper triangular part of A1.

             Z is given by

                Z =  Z( 1 ) * Z( 2 ) * ... * Z( m ).

   subroutine dopgtr (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double
       precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DOPGTR

       Purpose:

            DOPGTR generates a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the
            product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by
            DSPTRD using packed storage:

            if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(n-1) . . . H(2) H(1),

            if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n-1).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U': Upper triangular packed storage used in previous
                            call to DSPTRD;
                     = 'L': Lower triangular packed storage used in previous
                            call to DSPTRD.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix Q. N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as
                     returned by DSPTRD.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DSPTRD.

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     The N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dopmtr (character SIDE, character UPLO, character TRANS, integer M, integer N,
       double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double
       precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DOPMTR

       Purpose:

            DOPMTR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix of order nq, with nq = m if
            SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Q is defined as the product of
            nq-1 elementary reflectors, as returned by DSPTRD using packed
            storage:

            if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(nq-1) . . . H(2) H(1);

            if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nq-1).

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U': Upper triangular packed storage used in previous
                            call to DSPTRD;
                     = 'L': Lower triangular packed storage used in previous
                            call to DSPTRD.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (M*(M+1)/2) if SIDE = 'L'
                                          (N*(N+1)/2) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as
                     returned by DSPTRD.  AP is modified by the routine but
                     restored on exit.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                                                or (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DSPTRD.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                              (N) if SIDE = 'L'
                                              (M) if SIDE = 'R'

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorbdb (character TRANS, character SIGNS, integer M, integer P, integer Q, double
       precision, dimension( ldx11, * ) X11, integer LDX11, double precision, dimension( ldx12, *
       ) X12, integer LDX12, double precision, dimension( ldx21, * ) X21, integer LDX21, double
       precision, dimension( ldx22, * ) X22, integer LDX22, double precision, dimension( * )
       THETA, double precision, dimension( * ) PHI, double precision, dimension( * ) TAUP1,
       double precision, dimension( * ) TAUP2, double precision, dimension( * ) TAUQ1, double
       precision, dimension( * ) TAUQ2, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORBDB

       Purpose:

            DORBDB simultaneously bidiagonalizes the blocks of an M-by-M
            partitioned orthogonal matrix X:

                                            [ B11 | B12 0  0 ]
                [ X11 | X12 ]   [ P1 |    ] [  0  |  0 -I  0 ] [ Q1 |    ]**T
            X = [-----------] = [---------] [----------------] [---------]   .
                [ X21 | X22 ]   [    | P2 ] [ B21 | B22 0  0 ] [    | Q2 ]
                                            [  0  |  0  0  I ]

            X11 is P-by-Q. Q must be no larger than P, M-P, or M-Q. (If this is
            not the case, then X must be transposed and/or permuted. This can be
            done in constant time using the TRANS and SIGNS options. See DORCSD
            for details.)

            The orthogonal matrices P1, P2, Q1, and Q2 are P-by-P, (M-P)-by-
            (M-P), Q-by-Q, and (M-Q)-by-(M-Q), respectively. They are
            represented implicitly by Householder vectors.

            B11, B12, B21, and B22 are Q-by-Q bidiagonal matrices represented
            implicitly by angles THETA, PHI.

       Parameters
           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER
                     = 'T':      X, U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are stored in row-major
                                 order;
                     otherwise:  X, U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are stored in column-
                                 major order.

           SIGNS

                     SIGNS is CHARACTER
                     = 'O':      The lower-left block is made nonpositive (the
                                 'other' convention);
                     otherwise:  The upper-right block is made nonpositive (the
                                 'default' convention).

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows and columns in X.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows in X11 and X12. 0 <= P <= M.

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <=
                     MIN(P,M-P,M-Q).

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                     On entry, the top-left block of the orthogonal matrix to be
                     reduced. On exit, the form depends on TRANS:
                     If TRANS = 'N', then
                        the columns of tril(X11) specify reflectors for P1,
                        the rows of triu(X11,1) specify reflectors for Q1;
                     else TRANS = 'T', and
                        the rows of triu(X11) specify reflectors for P1,
                        the columns of tril(X11,-1) specify reflectors for Q1.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X11. If TRANS = 'N', then LDX11 >=
                     P; else LDX11 >= Q.

           X12

                     X12 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX12,M-Q)
                     On entry, the top-right block of the orthogonal matrix to
                     be reduced. On exit, the form depends on TRANS:
                     If TRANS = 'N', then
                        the rows of triu(X12) specify the first P reflectors for
                        Q2;
                     else TRANS = 'T', and
                        the columns of tril(X12) specify the first P reflectors
                        for Q2.

           LDX12

                     LDX12 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X12. If TRANS = 'N', then LDX12 >=
                     P; else LDX11 >= M-Q.

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                     On entry, the bottom-left block of the orthogonal matrix to
                     be reduced. On exit, the form depends on TRANS:
                     If TRANS = 'N', then
                        the columns of tril(X21) specify reflectors for P2;
                     else TRANS = 'T', and
                        the rows of triu(X21) specify reflectors for P2.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X21. If TRANS = 'N', then LDX21 >=
                     M-P; else LDX21 >= Q.

           X22

                     X22 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX22,M-Q)
                     On entry, the bottom-right block of the orthogonal matrix to
                     be reduced. On exit, the form depends on TRANS:
                     If TRANS = 'N', then
                        the rows of triu(X22(Q+1:M-P,P+1:M-Q)) specify the last
                        M-P-Q reflectors for Q2,
                     else TRANS = 'T', and
                        the columns of tril(X22(P+1:M-Q,Q+1:M-P)) specify the last
                        M-P-Q reflectors for P2.

           LDX22

                     LDX22 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X22. If TRANS = 'N', then LDX22 >=
                     M-P; else LDX22 >= M-Q.

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                     The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B12, B21, B22 can
                     be computed from the angles THETA and PHI. See Further
                     Details.

           PHI

                     PHI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                     The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B12, B21, B22 can
                     be computed from the angles THETA and PHI. See Further
                     Details.

           TAUP1

                     TAUP1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                     P1.

           TAUP2

                     TAUP2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-P)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                     P2.

           TAUQ1

                     TAUQ1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                     Q1.

           TAUQ2

                     TAUQ2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-Q)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                     Q2.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= M-Q.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The bidiagonal blocks B11, B12, B21, and B22 are represented
             implicitly by angles THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q) and PHI(1), ...,
             PHI(Q-1). B11 and B21 are upper bidiagonal, while B21 and B22 are
             lower bidiagonal. Every entry in each bidiagonal band is a product
             of a sine or cosine of a THETA with a sine or cosine of a PHI. See
             [1] or DORCSD for details.

             P1, P2, Q1, and Q2 are represented as products of elementary
             reflectors. See DORCSD for details on generating P1, P2, Q1, and Q2
             using DORGQR and DORGLQ.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

   subroutine dorbdb1 (integer M, integer P, integer Q, double precision, dimension(ldx11,*) X11,
       integer LDX11, double precision, dimension(ldx21,*) X21, integer LDX21, double precision,
       dimension(*) THETA, double precision, dimension(*) PHI, double precision, dimension(*)
       TAUP1, double precision, dimension(*) TAUP2, double precision, dimension(*) TAUQ1, double
       precision, dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORBDB1

       Purpose:

            DORBDB1 simultaneously bidiagonalizes the blocks of a tall and skinny
            matrix X with orthonomal columns:

                                       [ B11 ]
                 [ X11 ]   [ P1 |    ] [  0  ]
                 [-----] = [---------] [-----] Q1**T .
                 [ X21 ]   [    | P2 ] [ B21 ]
                                       [  0  ]

            X11 is P-by-Q, and X21 is (M-P)-by-Q. Q must be no larger than P,
            M-P, or M-Q. Routines DORBDB2, DORBDB3, and DORBDB4 handle cases in
            which Q is not the minimum dimension.

            The orthogonal matrices P1, P2, and Q1 are P-by-P, (M-P)-by-(M-P),
            and (M-Q)-by-(M-Q), respectively. They are represented implicitly by
            Householder vectors.

            B11 and B12 are Q-by-Q bidiagonal matrices represented implicitly by
            angles THETA, PHI.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                      The number of rows X11 plus the number of rows in X21.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                      The number of rows in X11. 0 <= P <= M.

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                      The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <=
                      MIN(P,M-P,M-Q).

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                      On entry, the top block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X11) specify reflectors for P1 and
                      the rows of triu(X11,1) specify reflectors for Q1.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X11. LDX11 >= P.

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                      On entry, the bottom block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X21) specify reflectors for P2.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X21. LDX21 >= M-P.

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           PHI

                     PHI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           TAUP1

                     TAUP1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P1.

           TAUP2

                     TAUP2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-P)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P2.

           TAUQ1

                     TAUQ1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      Q1.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= M-Q.

                      If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                      only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                      this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                      message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                      = 0:  successful exit.
                      < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The upper-bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are represented implicitly by
             angles THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q) and PHI(1), ..., PHI(Q-1). Every entry
             in each bidiagonal band is a product of a sine or cosine of a THETA
             with a sine or cosine of a PHI. See [1] or DORCSD for details.

             P1, P2, and Q1 are represented as products of elementary reflectors.
             See DORCSD2BY1 for details on generating P1, P2, and Q1 using DORGQR
             and DORGLQ.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

   subroutine dorbdb2 (integer M, integer P, integer Q, double precision, dimension(ldx11,*) X11,
       integer LDX11, double precision, dimension(ldx21,*) X21, integer LDX21, double precision,
       dimension(*) THETA, double precision, dimension(*) PHI, double precision, dimension(*)
       TAUP1, double precision, dimension(*) TAUP2, double precision, dimension(*) TAUQ1, double
       precision, dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORBDB2

       Purpose:

            DORBDB2 simultaneously bidiagonalizes the blocks of a tall and skinny
            matrix X with orthonomal columns:

                                       [ B11 ]
                 [ X11 ]   [ P1 |    ] [  0  ]
                 [-----] = [---------] [-----] Q1**T .
                 [ X21 ]   [    | P2 ] [ B21 ]
                                       [  0  ]

            X11 is P-by-Q, and X21 is (M-P)-by-Q. P must be no larger than M-P,
            Q, or M-Q. Routines DORBDB1, DORBDB3, and DORBDB4 handle cases in
            which P is not the minimum dimension.

            The orthogonal matrices P1, P2, and Q1 are P-by-P, (M-P)-by-(M-P),
            and (M-Q)-by-(M-Q), respectively. They are represented implicitly by
            Householder vectors.

            B11 and B12 are P-by-P bidiagonal matrices represented implicitly by
            angles THETA, PHI.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                      The number of rows X11 plus the number of rows in X21.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                      The number of rows in X11. 0 <= P <= min(M-P,Q,M-Q).

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                      The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <= M.

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                      On entry, the top block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X11) specify reflectors for P1 and
                      the rows of triu(X11,1) specify reflectors for Q1.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X11. LDX11 >= P.

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                      On entry, the bottom block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X21) specify reflectors for P2.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X21. LDX21 >= M-P.

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           PHI

                     PHI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           TAUP1

                     TAUP1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P-1)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P1.

           TAUP2

                     TAUP2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P2.

           TAUQ1

                     TAUQ1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      Q1.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= M-Q.

                      If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                      only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                      this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                      message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                      = 0:  successful exit.
                      < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The upper-bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are represented implicitly by
             angles THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q) and PHI(1), ..., PHI(Q-1). Every entry
             in each bidiagonal band is a product of a sine or cosine of a THETA
             with a sine or cosine of a PHI. See [1] or DORCSD for details.

             P1, P2, and Q1 are represented as products of elementary reflectors.
             See DORCSD2BY1 for details on generating P1, P2, and Q1 using DORGQR
             and DORGLQ.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

   subroutine dorbdb3 (integer M, integer P, integer Q, double precision, dimension(ldx11,*) X11,
       integer LDX11, double precision, dimension(ldx21,*) X21, integer LDX21, double precision,
       dimension(*) THETA, double precision, dimension(*) PHI, double precision, dimension(*)
       TAUP1, double precision, dimension(*) TAUP2, double precision, dimension(*) TAUQ1, double
       precision, dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORBDB3

       Purpose:

            DORBDB3 simultaneously bidiagonalizes the blocks of a tall and skinny
            matrix X with orthonomal columns:

                                       [ B11 ]
                 [ X11 ]   [ P1 |    ] [  0  ]
                 [-----] = [---------] [-----] Q1**T .
                 [ X21 ]   [    | P2 ] [ B21 ]
                                       [  0  ]

            X11 is P-by-Q, and X21 is (M-P)-by-Q. M-P must be no larger than P,
            Q, or M-Q. Routines DORBDB1, DORBDB2, and DORBDB4 handle cases in
            which M-P is not the minimum dimension.

            The orthogonal matrices P1, P2, and Q1 are P-by-P, (M-P)-by-(M-P),
            and (M-Q)-by-(M-Q), respectively. They are represented implicitly by
            Householder vectors.

            B11 and B12 are (M-P)-by-(M-P) bidiagonal matrices represented
            implicitly by angles THETA, PHI.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                      The number of rows X11 plus the number of rows in X21.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                      The number of rows in X11. 0 <= P <= M. M-P <= min(P,Q,M-Q).

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                      The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <= M.

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                      On entry, the top block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X11) specify reflectors for P1 and
                      the rows of triu(X11,1) specify reflectors for Q1.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X11. LDX11 >= P.

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                      On entry, the bottom block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X21) specify reflectors for P2.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X21. LDX21 >= M-P.

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           PHI

                     PHI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           TAUP1

                     TAUP1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P1.

           TAUP2

                     TAUP2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-P)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P2.

           TAUQ1

                     TAUQ1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      Q1.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= M-Q.

                      If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                      only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                      this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                      message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                      = 0:  successful exit.
                      < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The upper-bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are represented implicitly by
             angles THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q) and PHI(1), ..., PHI(Q-1). Every entry
             in each bidiagonal band is a product of a sine or cosine of a THETA
             with a sine or cosine of a PHI. See [1] or DORCSD for details.

             P1, P2, and Q1 are represented as products of elementary reflectors.
             See DORCSD2BY1 for details on generating P1, P2, and Q1 using DORGQR
             and DORGLQ.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

   subroutine dorbdb4 (integer M, integer P, integer Q, double precision, dimension(ldx11,*) X11,
       integer LDX11, double precision, dimension(ldx21,*) X21, integer LDX21, double precision,
       dimension(*) THETA, double precision, dimension(*) PHI, double precision, dimension(*)
       TAUP1, double precision, dimension(*) TAUP2, double precision, dimension(*) TAUQ1, double
       precision, dimension(*) PHANTOM, double precision, dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORBDB4

       Purpose:

            DORBDB4 simultaneously bidiagonalizes the blocks of a tall and skinny
            matrix X with orthonomal columns:

                                       [ B11 ]
                 [ X11 ]   [ P1 |    ] [  0  ]
                 [-----] = [---------] [-----] Q1**T .
                 [ X21 ]   [    | P2 ] [ B21 ]
                                       [  0  ]

            X11 is P-by-Q, and X21 is (M-P)-by-Q. M-Q must be no larger than P,
            M-P, or Q. Routines DORBDB1, DORBDB2, and DORBDB3 handle cases in
            which M-Q is not the minimum dimension.

            The orthogonal matrices P1, P2, and Q1 are P-by-P, (M-P)-by-(M-P),
            and (M-Q)-by-(M-Q), respectively. They are represented implicitly by
            Householder vectors.

            B11 and B12 are (M-Q)-by-(M-Q) bidiagonal matrices represented
            implicitly by angles THETA, PHI.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                      The number of rows X11 plus the number of rows in X21.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                      The number of rows in X11. 0 <= P <= M.

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                      The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <= M and
                      M-Q <= min(P,M-P,Q).

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                      On entry, the top block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X11) specify reflectors for P1 and
                      the rows of triu(X11,1) specify reflectors for Q1.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X11. LDX11 >= P.

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                      On entry, the bottom block of the matrix X to be reduced. On
                      exit, the columns of tril(X21) specify reflectors for P2.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of X21. LDX21 >= M-P.

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           PHI

                     PHI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q-1)
                      The entries of the bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are defined by
                      THETA and PHI. See Further Details.

           TAUP1

                     TAUP1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P1.

           TAUP2

                     TAUP2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      P2.

           TAUQ1

                     TAUQ1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                      The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors that define
                      Q1.

           PHANTOM

                     PHANTOM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)
                      The routine computes an M-by-1 column vector Y that is
                      orthogonal to the columns of [ X11; X21 ]. PHANTOM(1:P) and
                      PHANTOM(P+1:M) contain Householder vectors for Y(1:P) and
                      Y(P+1:M), respectively.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= M-Q.

                      If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                      only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                      this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                      message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                      = 0:  successful exit.
                      < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The upper-bidiagonal blocks B11, B21 are represented implicitly by
             angles THETA(1), ..., THETA(Q) and PHI(1), ..., PHI(Q-1). Every entry
             in each bidiagonal band is a product of a sine or cosine of a THETA
             with a sine or cosine of a PHI. See [1] or DORCSD for details.

             P1, P2, and Q1 are represented as products of elementary reflectors.
             See DORCSD2BY1 for details on generating P1, P2, and Q1 using DORGQR
             and DORGLQ.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

   subroutine dorbdb5 (integer M1, integer M2, integer N, double precision, dimension(*) X1,
       integer INCX1, double precision, dimension(*) X2, integer INCX2, double precision,
       dimension(ldq1,*) Q1, integer LDQ1, double precision, dimension(ldq2,*) Q2, integer LDQ2,
       double precision, dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORBDB5

       Purpose:

            DORBDB5 orthogonalizes the column vector
                 X = [ X1 ]
                     [ X2 ]
            with respect to the columns of
                 Q = [ Q1 ] .
                     [ Q2 ]
            The columns of Q must be orthonormal.

            If the projection is zero according to Kahan's 'twice is enough'
            criterion, then some other vector from the orthogonal complement
            is returned. This vector is chosen in an arbitrary but deterministic
            way.

       Parameters
           M1

                     M1 is INTEGER
                      The dimension of X1 and the number of rows in Q1. 0 <= M1.

           M2

                     M2 is INTEGER
                      The dimension of X2 and the number of rows in Q2. 0 <= M2.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                      The number of columns in Q1 and Q2. 0 <= N.

           X1

                     X1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M1)
                      On entry, the top part of the vector to be orthogonalized.
                      On exit, the top part of the projected vector.

           INCX1

                     INCX1 is INTEGER
                      Increment for entries of X1.

           X2

                     X2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M2)
                      On entry, the bottom part of the vector to be
                      orthogonalized. On exit, the bottom part of the projected
                      vector.

           INCX2

                     INCX2 is INTEGER
                      Increment for entries of X2.

           Q1

                     Q1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ1, N)
                      The top part of the orthonormal basis matrix.

           LDQ1

                     LDQ1 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of Q1. LDQ1 >= M1.

           Q2

                     Q2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ2, N)
                      The bottom part of the orthonormal basis matrix.

           LDQ2

                     LDQ2 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of Q2. LDQ2 >= M2.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= N.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                      = 0:  successful exit.
                      < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorbdb6 (integer M1, integer M2, integer N, double precision, dimension(*) X1,
       integer INCX1, double precision, dimension(*) X2, integer INCX2, double precision,
       dimension(ldq1,*) Q1, integer LDQ1, double precision, dimension(ldq2,*) Q2, integer LDQ2,
       double precision, dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORBDB6

       Purpose:

            DORBDB6 orthogonalizes the column vector
                 X = [ X1 ]
                     [ X2 ]
            with respect to the columns of
                 Q = [ Q1 ] .
                     [ Q2 ]
            The Euclidean norm of X must be one and the columns of Q must be
            orthonormal. The orthogonalized vector will be zero if and only if it
            lies entirely in the range of Q.

            The projection is computed with at most two iterations of the
            classical Gram-Schmidt algorithm, see
            * L. Giraud, J. Langou, M. Rozložník. 'On the round-off error
              analysis of the Gram-Schmidt algorithm with reorthogonalization.'
              2002. CERFACS Technical Report No. TR/PA/02/33. URL:
              https://www.cerfacs.fr/algor/reports/2002/TR_PA_02_33.pdf

       Parameters
           M1

                     M1 is INTEGER
                      The dimension of X1 and the number of rows in Q1. 0 <= M1.

           M2

                     M2 is INTEGER
                      The dimension of X2 and the number of rows in Q2. 0 <= M2.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                      The number of columns in Q1 and Q2. 0 <= N.

           X1

                     X1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M1)
                      On entry, the top part of the vector to be orthogonalized.
                      On exit, the top part of the projected vector.

           INCX1

                     INCX1 is INTEGER
                      Increment for entries of X1.

           X2

                     X2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M2)
                      On entry, the bottom part of the vector to be
                      orthogonalized. On exit, the bottom part of the projected
                      vector.

           INCX2

                     INCX2 is INTEGER
                      Increment for entries of X2.

           Q1

                     Q1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ1, N)
                      The top part of the orthonormal basis matrix.

           LDQ1

                     LDQ1 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of Q1. LDQ1 >= M1.

           Q2

                     Q2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ2, N)
                      The bottom part of the orthonormal basis matrix.

           LDQ2

                     LDQ2 is INTEGER
                      The leading dimension of Q2. LDQ2 >= M2.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                      The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= N.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                      = 0:  successful exit.
                      < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   recursive subroutine dorcsd (character JOBU1, character JOBU2, character JOBV1T, character
       JOBV2T, character TRANS, character SIGNS, integer M, integer P, integer Q, double
       precision, dimension( ldx11, * ) X11, integer LDX11, double precision, dimension( ldx12, *
       ) X12, integer LDX12, double precision, dimension( ldx21, * ) X21, integer LDX21, double
       precision, dimension( ldx22,                         * ) X22, integer LDX22, double
       precision, dimension( * ) THETA, double precision, dimension( ldu1, * ) U1, integer LDU1,
       double precision, dimension( ldu2, * ) U2, integer LDU2, double precision, dimension(
       ldv1t, * ) V1T, integer LDV1T, double precision, dimension( ldv2t, * ) V2T, integer LDV2T,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORCSD

       Purpose:

            DORCSD computes the CS decomposition of an M-by-M partitioned
            orthogonal matrix X:

                                            [  I  0  0 |  0  0  0 ]
                                            [  0  C  0 |  0 -S  0 ]
                [ X11 | X12 ]   [ U1 |    ] [  0  0  0 |  0  0 -I ] [ V1 |    ]**T
            X = [-----------] = [---------] [---------------------] [---------]   .
                [ X21 | X22 ]   [    | U2 ] [  0  0  0 |  I  0  0 ] [    | V2 ]
                                            [  0  S  0 |  0  C  0 ]
                                            [  0  0  I |  0  0  0 ]

            X11 is P-by-Q. The orthogonal matrices U1, U2, V1, and V2 are P-by-P,
            (M-P)-by-(M-P), Q-by-Q, and (M-Q)-by-(M-Q), respectively. C and S are
            R-by-R nonnegative diagonal matrices satisfying C^2 + S^2 = I, in
            which R = MIN(P,M-P,Q,M-Q).

       Parameters
           JOBU1

                     JOBU1 is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      U1 is computed;
                     otherwise:  U1 is not computed.

           JOBU2

                     JOBU2 is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      U2 is computed;
                     otherwise:  U2 is not computed.

           JOBV1T

                     JOBV1T is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      V1T is computed;
                     otherwise:  V1T is not computed.

           JOBV2T

                     JOBV2T is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      V2T is computed;
                     otherwise:  V2T is not computed.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER
                     = 'T':      X, U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are stored in row-major
                                 order;
                     otherwise:  X, U1, U2, V1T, and V2T are stored in column-
                                 major order.

           SIGNS

                     SIGNS is CHARACTER
                     = 'O':      The lower-left block is made nonpositive (the
                                 'other' convention);
                     otherwise:  The upper-right block is made nonpositive (the
                                 'default' convention).

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows and columns in X.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows in X11 and X12. 0 <= P <= M.

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <= M.

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                     On entry, part of the orthogonal matrix whose CSD is desired.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X11. LDX11 >= MAX(1,P).

           X12

                     X12 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX12,M-Q)
                     On entry, part of the orthogonal matrix whose CSD is desired.

           LDX12

                     LDX12 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X12. LDX12 >= MAX(1,P).

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                     On entry, part of the orthogonal matrix whose CSD is desired.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X11. LDX21 >= MAX(1,M-P).

           X22

                     X22 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX22,M-Q)
                     On entry, part of the orthogonal matrix whose CSD is desired.

           LDX22

                     LDX22 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X11. LDX22 >= MAX(1,M-P).

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (R), in which R =
                     MIN(P,M-P,Q,M-Q).
                     C = DIAG( COS(THETA(1)), ... , COS(THETA(R)) ) and
                     S = DIAG( SIN(THETA(1)), ... , SIN(THETA(R)) ).

           U1

                     U1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU1,P)
                     If JOBU1 = 'Y', U1 contains the P-by-P orthogonal matrix U1.

           LDU1

                     LDU1 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of U1. If JOBU1 = 'Y', LDU1 >=
                     MAX(1,P).

           U2

                     U2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU2,M-P)
                     If JOBU2 = 'Y', U2 contains the (M-P)-by-(M-P) orthogonal
                     matrix U2.

           LDU2

                     LDU2 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of U2. If JOBU2 = 'Y', LDU2 >=
                     MAX(1,M-P).

           V1T

                     V1T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV1T,Q)
                     If JOBV1T = 'Y', V1T contains the Q-by-Q matrix orthogonal
                     matrix V1**T.

           LDV1T

                     LDV1T is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of V1T. If JOBV1T = 'Y', LDV1T >=
                     MAX(1,Q).

           V2T

                     V2T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV2T,M-Q)
                     If JOBV2T = 'Y', V2T contains the (M-Q)-by-(M-Q) orthogonal
                     matrix V2**T.

           LDV2T

                     LDV2T is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of V2T. If JOBV2T = 'Y', LDV2T >=
                     MAX(1,M-Q).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.
                     If INFO > 0 on exit, WORK(2:R) contains the values PHI(1),
                     ..., PHI(R-1) that, together with THETA(1), ..., THETA(R),
                     define the matrix in intermediate bidiagonal-block form
                     remaining after nonconvergence. INFO specifies the number
                     of nonzero PHI's.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the work array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (M-MIN(P, M-P, Q, M-Q))

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                     > 0:  DBBCSD did not converge. See the description of WORK
                           above for details.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorcsd2by1 (character JOBU1, character JOBU2, character JOBV1T, integer M, integer
       P, integer Q, double precision, dimension(ldx11,*) X11, integer LDX11, double precision,
       dimension(ldx21,*) X21, integer LDX21, double precision, dimension(*) THETA, double
       precision, dimension(ldu1,*) U1, integer LDU1, double precision, dimension(ldu2,*) U2,
       integer LDU2, double precision, dimension(ldv1t,*) V1T, integer LDV1T, double precision,
       dimension(*) WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension(*) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DORCSD2BY1

       Purpose:

            DORCSD2BY1 computes the CS decomposition of an M-by-Q matrix X with
            orthonormal columns that has been partitioned into a 2-by-1 block
            structure:

                                           [  I1 0  0 ]
                                           [  0  C  0 ]
                     [ X11 ]   [ U1 |    ] [  0  0  0 ]
                 X = [-----] = [---------] [----------] V1**T .
                     [ X21 ]   [    | U2 ] [  0  0  0 ]
                                           [  0  S  0 ]
                                           [  0  0  I2]

            X11 is P-by-Q. The orthogonal matrices U1, U2, and V1 are P-by-P,
            (M-P)-by-(M-P), and Q-by-Q, respectively. C and S are R-by-R
            nonnegative diagonal matrices satisfying C^2 + S^2 = I, in which
            R = MIN(P,M-P,Q,M-Q). I1 is a K1-by-K1 identity matrix and I2 is a
            K2-by-K2 identity matrix, where K1 = MAX(Q+P-M,0), K2 = MAX(Q-P,0).

       Parameters
           JOBU1

                     JOBU1 is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      U1 is computed;
                     otherwise:  U1 is not computed.

           JOBU2

                     JOBU2 is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      U2 is computed;
                     otherwise:  U2 is not computed.

           JOBV1T

                     JOBV1T is CHARACTER
                     = 'Y':      V1T is computed;
                     otherwise:  V1T is not computed.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows in X.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows in X11. 0 <= P <= M.

           Q

                     Q is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in X11 and X21. 0 <= Q <= M.

           X11

                     X11 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX11,Q)
                     On entry, part of the orthogonal matrix whose CSD is desired.

           LDX11

                     LDX11 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X11. LDX11 >= MAX(1,P).

           X21

                     X21 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX21,Q)
                     On entry, part of the orthogonal matrix whose CSD is desired.

           LDX21

                     LDX21 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of X21. LDX21 >= MAX(1,M-P).

           THETA

                     THETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (R), in which R =
                     MIN(P,M-P,Q,M-Q).
                     C = DIAG( COS(THETA(1)), ... , COS(THETA(R)) ) and
                     S = DIAG( SIN(THETA(1)), ... , SIN(THETA(R)) ).

           U1

                     U1 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P)
                     If JOBU1 = 'Y', U1 contains the P-by-P orthogonal matrix U1.

           LDU1

                     LDU1 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of U1. If JOBU1 = 'Y', LDU1 >=
                     MAX(1,P).

           U2

                     U2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-P)
                     If JOBU2 = 'Y', U2 contains the (M-P)-by-(M-P) orthogonal
                     matrix U2.

           LDU2

                     LDU2 is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of U2. If JOBU2 = 'Y', LDU2 >=
                     MAX(1,M-P).

           V1T

                     V1T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (Q)
                     If JOBV1T = 'Y', V1T contains the Q-by-Q matrix orthogonal
                     matrix V1**T.

           LDV1T

                     LDV1T is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of V1T. If JOBV1T = 'Y', LDV1T >=
                     MAX(1,Q).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.
                     If INFO > 0 on exit, WORK(2:R) contains the values PHI(1),
                     ..., PHI(R-1) that, together with THETA(1), ..., THETA(R),
                     define the matrix in intermediate bidiagonal-block form
                     remaining after nonconvergence. INFO specifies the number
                     of nonzero PHI's.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the work array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (M-MIN(P,M-P,Q,M-Q))

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit.
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                     > 0:  DBBCSD did not converge. See the description of WORK
                           above for details.

       References:
           [1] Brian D. Sutton. Computing the complete CS decomposition. Numer. Algorithms,
           50(1):33-65, 2009.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorg2l (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORG2L generates all or part of the orthogonal matrix Q from a QL factorization determined
       by sgeqlf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORG2L generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
            which is defined as the last n columns of a product of k elementary
            reflectors of order m

                  Q  =  H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGEQLF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the (n-k+i)-th column must contain the vector which
                     defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as
                     returned by DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array
                     argument A.
                     On exit, the m by n matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorg2r (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORG2R generates all or part of the orthogonal matrix Q from a QR factorization determined
       by sgeqrf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORG2R generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
            which is defined as the first n columns of a product of k elementary
            reflectors of order m

                  Q  =  H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGEQRF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the i-th column must contain the vector which
                     defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as
                     returned by DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array
                     argument A.
                     On exit, the m-by-n matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorghr (integer N, integer ILO, integer IHI, double precision, dimension( lda, * )
       A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGHR

       Purpose:

            DORGHR generates a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the
            product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by
            DGEHRD:

            Q = H(ilo) H(ilo+1) . . . H(ihi-1).

       Parameters
           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix Q. N >= 0.

           ILO

                     ILO is INTEGER

           IHI

                     IHI is INTEGER

                     ILO and IHI must have the same values as in the previous call
                     of DGEHRD. Q is equal to the unit matrix except in the
                     submatrix Q(ilo+1:ihi,ilo+1:ihi).
                     1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the vectors which define the elementary reflectors,
                     as returned by DGEHRD.
                     On exit, the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEHRD.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= IHI-ILO.
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= (IHI-ILO)*NB, where NB is
                     the optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgl2 (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORGL2

       Purpose:

            DORGL2 generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
            which is defined as the first m rows of a product of k elementary
            reflectors of order n

                  Q  =  H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGELQF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. M >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the i-th row must contain the vector which defines
                     the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned
                     by DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A.
                     On exit, the m-by-n matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorglq (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGLQ

       Purpose:

            DORGLQ generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
            which is defined as the first M rows of a product of K elementary
            reflectors of order N

                  Q  =  H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGELQF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. M >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the i-th row must contain the vector which defines
                     the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned
                     by DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A.
                     On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is
                     the optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgql (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGQL

       Purpose:

            DORGQL generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
            which is defined as the last N columns of a product of K elementary
            reflectors of order M

                  Q  =  H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGEQLF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the (n-k+i)-th column must contain the vector which
                     defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as
                     returned by DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array
                     argument A.
                     On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is the
                     optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgqr (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGQR

       Purpose:

            DORGQR generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
            which is defined as the first N columns of a product of K elementary
            reflectors of order M

                  Q  =  H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGEQRF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the i-th column must contain the vector which
                     defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as
                     returned by DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array
                     argument A.
                     On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is the
                     optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgr2 (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DORGR2 generates all or part of the orthogonal matrix Q from an RQ factorization
       determined by sgerqf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORGR2 generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
            which is defined as the last m rows of a product of k elementary
            reflectors of order n

                  Q  =  H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGERQF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. M >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the (m-k+i)-th row must contain the vector which
                     defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as
                     returned by DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument
                     A.
                     On exit, the m by n matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgrq (integer M, integer N, integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGRQ

       Purpose:

            DORGRQ generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
            which is defined as the last M rows of a product of K elementary
            reflectors of order N

                  Q  =  H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGERQF.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the
                     matrix Q. M >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the (m-k+i)-th row must contain the vector which
                     defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as
                     returned by DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument
                     A.
                     On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is the
                     optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgtr (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer
       LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer
       LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGTR

       Purpose:

            DORGTR generates a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the
            product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by
            DSYTRD:

            if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(n-1) . . . H(2) H(1),

            if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n-1).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U': Upper triangle of A contains elementary reflectors
                            from DSYTRD;
                     = 'L': Lower triangle of A contains elementary reflectors
                            from DSYTRD.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix Q. N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the vectors which define the elementary reflectors,
                     as returned by DSYTRD.
                     On exit, the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DSYTRD.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N-1).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= (N-1)*NB, where NB is
                     the optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorgtsqr (integer M, integer N, integer MB, integer NB, double precision,
       dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGTSQR

       Purpose:

            DORGTSQR generates an M-by-N real matrix Q_out with orthonormal columns,
            which are the first N columns of a product of real orthogonal
            matrices of order M which are returned by DLATSQR

                 Q_out = first_N_columns_of( Q(1)_in * Q(2)_in * ... * Q(k)_in ).

            See the documentation for DLATSQR.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A. M >= N >= 0.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The row block size used by DLATSQR to return
                     arrays A and T. MB > N.
                     (Note that if MB > M, then M is used instead of MB
                     as the row block size).

           NB

                     NB is INTEGER
                     The column block size used by DLATSQR to return
                     arrays A and T. NB >= 1.
                     (Note that if NB > N, then N is used instead of NB
                     as the column block size).

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)

                     On entry:

                        The elements on and above the diagonal are not accessed.
                        The elements below the diagonal represent the unit
                        lower-trapezoidal blocked matrix V computed by DLATSQR
                        that defines the input matrices Q_in(k) (ones on the
                        diagonal are not stored) (same format as the output A
                        below the diagonal in DLATSQR).

                     On exit:

                        The array A contains an M-by-N orthonormal matrix Q_out,
                        i.e the columns of A are orthogonal unit vectors.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                     dimension (LDT, N * NIRB)
                     where NIRB = Number_of_input_row_blocks
                                = MAX( 1, CEIL((M-N)/(MB-N)) )
                     Let NICB = Number_of_input_col_blocks
                              = CEIL(N/NB)

                     The upper-triangular block reflectors used to define the
                     input matrices Q_in(k), k=(1:NIRB*NICB). The block
                     reflectors are stored in compact form in NIRB block
                     reflector sequences. Each of NIRB block reflector sequences
                     is stored in a larger NB-by-N column block of T and consists
                     of NICB smaller NB-by-NB upper-triangular column blocks.
                     (same format as the output T in DLATSQR).

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.
                     LDT >= max(1,min(NB1,N)).

           WORK

                     (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(2,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     The dimension of the array WORK.  LWORK >= (M+NB)*N.
                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed.
                     The routine only calculates the optimal size of the WORK
                     array, returns this value as the first entry of the WORK
                     array, and no error message related to LWORK is issued
                     by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:

            November 2019, Igor Kozachenko,
                           Computer Science Division,
                           University of California, Berkeley

   subroutine dorgtsqr_row (integer M, integer N, integer MB, integer NB, double precision,
       dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORGTSQR_ROW

       Purpose:

            DORGTSQR_ROW generates an M-by-N real matrix Q_out with
            orthonormal columns from the output of DLATSQR. These N orthonormal
            columns are the first N columns of a product of complex unitary
            matrices Q(k)_in of order M, which are returned by DLATSQR in
            a special format.

                 Q_out = first_N_columns_of( Q(1)_in * Q(2)_in * ... * Q(k)_in ).

            The input matrices Q(k)_in are stored in row and column blocks in A.
            See the documentation of DLATSQR for more details on the format of
            Q(k)_in, where each Q(k)_in is represented by block Householder
            transformations. This routine calls an auxiliary routine DLARFB_GETT,
            where the computation is performed on each individual block. The
            algorithm first sweeps NB-sized column blocks from the right to left
            starting in the bottom row block and continues to the top row block
            (hence _ROW in the routine name). This sweep is in reverse order of
            the order in which DLATSQR generates the output blocks.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A. M >= N >= 0.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The row block size used by DLATSQR to return
                     arrays A and T. MB > N.
                     (Note that if MB > M, then M is used instead of MB
                     as the row block size).

           NB

                     NB is INTEGER
                     The column block size used by DLATSQR to return
                     arrays A and T. NB >= 1.
                     (Note that if NB > N, then N is used instead of NB
                     as the column block size).

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)

                     On entry:

                        The elements on and above the diagonal are not used as
                        input. The elements below the diagonal represent the unit
                        lower-trapezoidal blocked matrix V computed by DLATSQR
                        that defines the input matrices Q_in(k) (ones on the
                        diagonal are not stored). See DLATSQR for more details.

                     On exit:

                        The array A contains an M-by-N orthonormal matrix Q_out,
                        i.e the columns of A are orthogonal unit vectors.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                     dimension (LDT, N * NIRB)
                     where NIRB = Number_of_input_row_blocks
                                = MAX( 1, CEIL((M-N)/(MB-N)) )
                     Let NICB = Number_of_input_col_blocks
                              = CEIL(N/NB)

                     The upper-triangular block reflectors used to define the
                     input matrices Q_in(k), k=(1:NIRB*NICB). The block
                     reflectors are stored in compact form in NIRB block
                     reflector sequences. Each of the NIRB block reflector
                     sequences is stored in a larger NB-by-N column block of T
                     and consists of NICB smaller NB-by-NB upper-triangular
                     column blocks. See DLATSQR for more details on the format
                     of T.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.
                     LDT >= max(1,min(NB,N)).

           WORK

                     (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     LWORK >= NBLOCAL * MAX(NBLOCAL,(N-NBLOCAL)),
                     where NBLOCAL=MIN(NB,N).
                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed.
                     The routine only calculates the optimal size of the WORK
                     array, returns this value as the first entry of the WORK
                     array, and no error message related to LWORK is issued
                     by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:

            November 2020, Igor Kozachenko,
                           Computer Science Division,
                           University of California, Berkeley

   subroutine dorhr_col (integer M, integer N, integer NB, double precision, dimension( lda, * )
       A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision,
       dimension( * ) D, integer INFO)
       DORHR_COL

       Purpose:

             DORHR_COL takes an M-by-N real matrix Q_in with orthonormal columns
             as input, stored in A, and performs Householder Reconstruction (HR),
             i.e. reconstructs Householder vectors V(i) implicitly representing
             another M-by-N matrix Q_out, with the property that Q_in = Q_out*S,
             where S is an N-by-N diagonal matrix with diagonal entries
             equal to +1 or -1. The Householder vectors (columns V(i) of V) are
             stored in A on output, and the diagonal entries of S are stored in D.
             Block reflectors are also returned in T
             (same output format as DGEQRT).

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A. M >= N >= 0.

           NB

                     NB is INTEGER
                     The column block size to be used in the reconstruction
                     of Householder column vector blocks in the array A and
                     corresponding block reflectors in the array T. NB >= 1.
                     (Note that if NB > N, then N is used instead of NB
                     as the column block size.)

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)

                     On entry:

                        The array A contains an M-by-N orthonormal matrix Q_in,
                        i.e the columns of A are orthogonal unit vectors.

                     On exit:

                        The elements below the diagonal of A represent the unit
                        lower-trapezoidal matrix V of Householder column vectors
                        V(i). The unit diagonal entries of V are not stored
                        (same format as the output below the diagonal in A from
                        DGEQRT). The matrix T and the matrix V stored on output
                        in A implicitly define Q_out.

                        The elements above the diagonal contain the factor U
                        of the 'modified' LU-decomposition:
                           Q_in - ( S ) = V * U
                                  ( 0 )
                        where 0 is a (M-N)-by-(M-N) zero matrix.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                     dimension (LDT, N)

                     Let NOCB = Number_of_output_col_blocks
                              = CEIL(N/NB)

                     On exit, T(1:NB, 1:N) contains NOCB upper-triangular
                     block reflectors used to define Q_out stored in compact
                     form as a sequence of upper-triangular NB-by-NB column
                     blocks (same format as the output T in DGEQRT).
                     The matrix T and the matrix V stored on output in A
                     implicitly define Q_out. NOTE: The lower triangles
                     below the upper-triangular blocks will be filled with
                     zeros. See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.
                     LDT >= max(1,min(NB,N)).

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension min(M,N).
                     The elements can be only plus or minus one.

                     D(i) is constructed as D(i) = -SIGN(Q_in_i(i,i)), where
                     1 <= i <= min(M,N), and Q_in_i is Q_in after performing
                     i-1 steps of “modified” Gaussian elimination.
                     See Further Details.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Further Details:

            The computed M-by-M orthogonal factor Q_out is defined implicitly as
            a product of orthogonal matrices Q_out(i). Each Q_out(i) is stored in
            the compact WY-representation format in the corresponding blocks of
            matrices V (stored in A) and T.

            The M-by-N unit lower-trapezoidal matrix V stored in the M-by-N
            matrix A contains the column vectors V(i) in NB-size column
            blocks VB(j). For example, VB(1) contains the columns
            V(1), V(2), ... V(NB). NOTE: The unit entries on
            the diagonal of Y are not stored in A.

            The number of column blocks is

                NOCB = Number_of_output_col_blocks = CEIL(N/NB)

            where each block is of order NB except for the last block, which
            is of order LAST_NB = N - (NOCB-1)*NB.

            For example, if M=6,  N=5 and NB=2, the matrix V is

                V = (    VB(1),   VB(2), VB(3) ) =

                  = (   1                      )
                    ( v21    1                 )
                    ( v31  v32    1            )
                    ( v41  v42  v43   1        )
                    ( v51  v52  v53  v54    1  )
                    ( v61  v62  v63  v54   v65 )

            For each of the column blocks VB(i), an upper-triangular block
            reflector TB(i) is computed. These blocks are stored as
            a sequence of upper-triangular column blocks in the NB-by-N
            matrix T. The size of each TB(i) block is NB-by-NB, except
            for the last block, whose size is LAST_NB-by-LAST_NB.

            For example, if M=6,  N=5 and NB=2, the matrix T is

                T  = (    TB(1),    TB(2), TB(3) ) =

                   = ( t11  t12  t13  t14   t15  )
                     (      t22       t24        )

            The M-by-M factor Q_out is given as a product of NOCB
            orthogonal M-by-M matrices Q_out(i).

                Q_out = Q_out(1) * Q_out(2) * ... * Q_out(NOCB),

            where each matrix Q_out(i) is given by the WY-representation
            using corresponding blocks from the matrices V and T:

                Q_out(i) = I - VB(i) * TB(i) * (VB(i))**T,

            where I is the identity matrix. Here is the formula with matrix
            dimensions:

             Q(i){M-by-M} = I{M-by-M} -
               VB(i){M-by-INB} * TB(i){INB-by-INB} * (VB(i))**T {INB-by-M},

            where INB = NB, except for the last block NOCB
            for which INB=LAST_NB.

            =====
            NOTE:
            =====

            If Q_in is the result of doing a QR factorization
            B = Q_in * R_in, then:

            B = (Q_out*S) * R_in = Q_out * (S * R_in) = Q_out * R_out.

            So if one wants to interpret Q_out as the result
            of the QR factorization of B, then the corresponding R_out
            should be equal to R_out = S * R_in, i.e. some rows of R_in
            should be multiplied by -1.

            For the details of the algorithm, see [1].

            [1] 'Reconstructing Householder vectors from tall-skinny QR',
                G. Ballard, J. Demmel, L. Grigori, M. Jacquelin, H.D. Nguyen,
                E. Solomonik, J. Parallel Distrib. Comput.,
                vol. 85, pp. 3-31, 2015.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:

            November   2019, Igor Kozachenko,
                       Computer Science Division,
                       University of California, Berkeley

   subroutine dorm2l (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer INFO)
       DORM2L multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a QL factorization
       determined by sgeqlf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORM2L overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with

                  Q * C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  Q**T * C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or

                  C * Q  if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  C * Q**T if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGEQLF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': apply Q  (No transpose)
                     = 'T': apply Q**T (Transpose)

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K)
                     The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array argument A.
                     A is modified by the routine but restored on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the m by n matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                              (N) if SIDE = 'L',
                                              (M) if SIDE = 'R'

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorm2r (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer INFO)
       DORM2R multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a QR factorization
       determined by sgeqrf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORM2R overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with

                  Q * C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  Q**T* C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or

                  C * Q  if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  C * Q**T if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGEQRF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': apply Q  (No transpose)
                     = 'T': apply Q**T (Transpose)

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K)
                     The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array argument A.
                     A is modified by the routine but restored on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the m by n matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                              (N) if SIDE = 'L',
                                              (M) if SIDE = 'R'

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormbr (character VECT, character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N,
       integer K, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision,
       dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMBR

       Purpose:

            If VECT = 'Q', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C
            with
                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            If VECT = 'P', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C
            with
                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      P * C          C * P
            TRANS = 'T':      P**T * C       C * P**T

            Here Q and P**T are the orthogonal matrices determined by DGEBRD when
            reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form: A = Q * B * P**T. Q and
            P**T are defined as products of elementary reflectors H(i) and G(i)
            respectively.

            Let nq = m if SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Thus nq is the
            order of the orthogonal matrix Q or P**T that is applied.

            If VECT = 'Q', A is assumed to have been an NQ-by-K matrix:
            if nq >= k, Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k);
            if nq < k, Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nq-1).

            If VECT = 'P', A is assumed to have been a K-by-NQ matrix:
            if k < nq, P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(k);
            if k >= nq, P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(nq-1).

       Parameters
           VECT

                     VECT is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'Q': apply Q or Q**T;
                     = 'P': apply P or P**T.

           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q, Q**T, P or P**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q, Q**T, P or P**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q  or P;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T or P**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     If VECT = 'Q', the number of columns in the original
                     matrix reduced by DGEBRD.
                     If VECT = 'P', the number of rows in the original
                     matrix reduced by DGEBRD.
                     K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                           (LDA,min(nq,K)) if VECT = 'Q'
                                           (LDA,nq)        if VECT = 'P'
                     The vectors which define the elementary reflectors H(i) and
                     G(i), whose products determine the matrices Q and P, as
                     returned by DGEBRD.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If VECT = 'Q', LDA >= max(1,nq);
                     if VECT = 'P', LDA >= max(1,min(nq,K)).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(nq,K))
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i) or G(i) which determines Q or P, as returned
                     by DGEBRD in the array argument TAUQ or TAUP.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q
                     or P*C or P**T*C or C*P or C*P**T.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and
                     LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal
                     blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormhr (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer ILO, integer
       IHI, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( *
       ) TAU, double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension(
       * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMHR

       Purpose:

            DORMHR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix of order nq, with nq = m if
            SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Q is defined as the product of
            IHI-ILO elementary reflectors, as returned by DGEHRD:

            Q = H(ilo) H(ilo+1) . . . H(ihi-1).

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           ILO

                     ILO is INTEGER

           IHI

                     IHI is INTEGER

                     ILO and IHI must have the same values as in the previous call
                     of DGEHRD. Q is equal to the unit matrix except in the
                     submatrix Q(ilo+1:ihi,ilo+1:ihi).
                     If SIDE = 'L', then 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= M, if M > 0, and
                     ILO = 1 and IHI = 0, if M = 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', then 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0, and
                     ILO = 1 and IHI = 0, if N = 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L'
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as
                     returned by DGEHRD.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     LDA >= max(1,M) if SIDE = 'L'; LDA >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'R'.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                                          (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEHRD.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and
                     LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal
                     blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dorml2 (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer INFO)
       DORML2 multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a LQ factorization
       determined by sgelqf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORML2 overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with

                  Q * C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  Q**T* C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or

                  C * Q  if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  C * Q**T if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGELQF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': apply Q  (No transpose)
                     = 'T': apply Q**T (Transpose)

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L',
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A.
                     A is modified by the routine but restored on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the m by n matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                              (N) if SIDE = 'L',
                                              (M) if SIDE = 'R'

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormlq (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMLQ

       Purpose:

            DORMLQ overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGELQF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L',
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormql (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMQL

       Purpose:

            DORMQL overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1)

            as returned by DGEQLF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K)
                     The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array argument A.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormqr (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMQR

       Purpose:

            DORMQR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGEQRF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K)
                     The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array argument A.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormr2 (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer INFO)
       DORMR2 multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a RQ factorization
       determined by sgerqf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORMR2 overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with

                  Q * C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  Q**T* C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or

                  C * Q  if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  C * Q**T if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGERQF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': apply Q  (No transpose)
                     = 'T': apply Q' (Transpose)

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L',
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument A.
                     A is modified by the routine but restored on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the m by n matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                              (N) if SIDE = 'L',
                                              (M) if SIDE = 'R'

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormr3 (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * )
       TAU, double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( *
       ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DORMR3 multiplies a general matrix by the orthogonal matrix from a RZ factorization
       determined by stzrzf (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DORMR3 overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with

                  Q * C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  Q**T* C  if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or

                  C * Q  if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or

                  C * Q**T if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DTZRZF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N': apply Q  (No transpose)
                     = 'T': apply Q**T (Transpose)

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A containing
                     the meaningful part of the Householder reflectors.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L',
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DTZRZF in the last k rows of its array argument A.
                     A is modified by the routine but restored on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DTZRZF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the m-by-n matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                              (N) if SIDE = 'L',
                                              (M) if SIDE = 'R'

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

   subroutine dormrq (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) TAU,
       double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMRQ

       Purpose:

            DORMRQ overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DGERQF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L',
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument A.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dormrz (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * )
       TAU, double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( *
       ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMRZ

       Purpose:

            DORMRZ overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k
            elementary reflectors

                  Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k)

            as returned by DTZRZF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N
            if SIDE = 'R'.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0;
                     if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A containing
                     the meaningful part of the Householder reflectors.
                     If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L',
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DTZRZF in the last k rows of its array argument A.
                     A is modified by the routine but restored on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DTZRZF.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**H*C or C*Q**H or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

   subroutine dormtr (character SIDE, character UPLO, character TRANS, integer M, integer N,
       double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( * )
       TAU, double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( *
       ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DORMTR

       Purpose:

            DORMTR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with

                            SIDE = 'L'     SIDE = 'R'
            TRANS = 'N':      Q * C          C * Q
            TRANS = 'T':      Q**T * C       C * Q**T

            where Q is a real orthogonal matrix of order nq, with nq = m if
            SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Q is defined as the product of
            nq-1 elementary reflectors, as returned by DSYTRD:

            if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(nq-1) . . . H(2) H(1);

            if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nq-1).

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U': Upper triangle of A contains elementary reflectors
                            from DSYTRD;
                     = 'L': Lower triangle of A contains elementary reflectors
                            from DSYTRD.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L'
                                          (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R'
                     The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as
                     returned by DSYTRD.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     LDA >= max(1,M) if SIDE = 'L'; LDA >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'R'.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                                          (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                                          (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
                     TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary
                     reflector H(i), as returned by DSYTRD.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix C.
                     On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q.

           LDC

                     LDC is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and
                     LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal
                     blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpbcon (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, double precision, dimension( ldab, *
       ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision ANORM, double precision RCOND, double precision,
       dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DPBCON

       Purpose:

            DPBCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the
            1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the
            Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF.

            An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the
            condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular factor stored in AB;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular factor stored in AB.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix A, stored in the
                     first KD+1 rows of the array.  The j-th column of U or L is
                     stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO ='U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = U(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO ='L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = L(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           ANORM

                     ANORM is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The 1-norm (or infinity-norm) of the symmetric band matrix A.

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A,
                     computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an
                     estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpbequ (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, double precision, dimension( ldab, *
       ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision SCOND, double
       precision AMAX, integer INFO)
       DPBEQU

       Purpose:

            DPBEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a
            symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition
            number (with respect to the two-norm).  S contains the scale factors,
            S(i) = 1/sqrt(A(i,i)), chosen so that the scaled matrix B with
            elements B(i,j) = S(i)*A(i,j)*S(j) has ones on the diagonal.  This
            choice of S puts the condition number of B within a factor N of the
            smallest possible condition number over all possible diagonal
            scalings.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band matrix A,
                     stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array.  The j-th column
                     of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     If INFO = 0, S contains the scale factors for A.

           SCOND

                     SCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     If INFO = 0, S contains the ratio of the smallest S(i) to
                     the largest S(i).  If SCOND >= 0.1 and AMAX is neither too
                     large nor too small, it is not worth scaling by S.

           AMAX

                     AMAX is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     Absolute value of largest matrix element.  If AMAX is very
                     close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix
                     should be scaled.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element is nonpositive.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpbrfs (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, integer NRHS, double precision,
       dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision, dimension( ldafb, * ) AFB,
       integer LDAFB, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision,
       dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX, double precision, dimension( * ) FERR, double
       precision, dimension( * ) BERR, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension(
       * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DPBRFS

       Purpose:

            DPBRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear
            equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite
            and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates
            for the solution.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrices B and X.  NRHS >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band matrix A,
                     stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array.  The j-th column
                     of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           AFB

                     AFB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAFB,N)
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix A as computed by
                     DPBTRF, in the same storage format as A (see AB).

           LDAFB

                     LDAFB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AFB.  LDAFB >= KD+1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     The right hand side matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS)
                     On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DPBTRS.
                     On exit, the improved solution matrix X.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.  LDX >= max(1,N).

           FERR

                     FERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector
                     X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X).
                     If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j)
                     is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest
                     element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the
                     largest element in X(j).  The estimate is as reliable as
                     the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight
                     overestimate of the true error.

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The componentwise relative backward error of each solution
                     vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in
                     any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Internal Parameters:

             ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpbstf (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, double precision, dimension( ldab, *
       ) AB, integer LDAB, integer INFO)
       DPBSTF

       Purpose:

            DPBSTF computes a split Cholesky factorization of a real
            symmetric positive definite band matrix A.

            This routine is designed to be used in conjunction with DSBGST.

            The factorization has the form  A = S**T*S  where S is a band matrix
            of the same bandwidth as A and the following structure:

              S = ( U    )
                  ( M  L )

            where U is upper triangular of order m = (n+kd)/2, and L is lower
            triangular of order n-m.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band
                     matrix A, stored in the first kd+1 rows of the array.  The
                     j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor S from the split Cholesky
                     factorization A = S**T*S. See Further Details.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, the factorization could not be completed,
                          because the updated element a(i,i) was negative; the
                          matrix A is not positive definite.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when
             N = 7, KD = 2:

             S = ( s11  s12  s13                     )
                 (      s22  s23  s24                )
                 (           s33  s34                )
                 (                s44                )
                 (           s53  s54  s55           )
                 (                s64  s65  s66      )
                 (                     s75  s76  s77 )

             If UPLO = 'U', the array AB holds:

             on entry:                          on exit:

              *    *   a13  a24  a35  a46  a57   *    *   s13  s24  s53  s64  s75
              *   a12  a23  a34  a45  a56  a67   *   s12  s23  s34  s54  s65  s76
             a11  a22  a33  a44  a55  a66  a77  s11  s22  s33  s44  s55  s66  s77

             If UPLO = 'L', the array AB holds:

             on entry:                          on exit:

             a11  a22  a33  a44  a55  a66  a77  s11  s22  s33  s44  s55  s66  s77
             a21  a32  a43  a54  a65  a76   *   s12  s23  s34  s54  s65  s76   *
             a31  a42  a53  a64  a64   *    *   s13  s24  s53  s64  s75   *    *

             Array elements marked * are not used by the routine.

   subroutine dpbtf2 (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, double precision, dimension( ldab, *
       ) AB, integer LDAB, integer INFO)
       DPBTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization of a symmetric/Hermitian positive definite band
       matrix (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DPBTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric
            positive definite band matrix A.

            The factorization has the form
               A = U**T * U ,  if UPLO = 'U', or
               A = L  * L**T,  if UPLO = 'L',
            where U is an upper triangular matrix, U**T is the transpose of U, and
            L is lower triangular.

            This is the unblocked version of the algorithm, calling Level 2 BLAS.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the
                     symmetric matrix A is stored:
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of super-diagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of sub-diagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band
                     matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array.  The
                     j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the
                     Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band
                     matrix A, in the same storage format as A.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = k, the leading minor of order k is not
                          positive definite, and the factorization could not be
                          completed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when
             N = 6, KD = 2, and UPLO = 'U':

             On entry:                       On exit:

                 *    *   a13  a24  a35  a46      *    *   u13  u24  u35  u46
                 *   a12  a23  a34  a45  a56      *   u12  u23  u34  u45  u56
                a11  a22  a33  a44  a55  a66     u11  u22  u33  u44  u55  u66

             Similarly, if UPLO = 'L' the format of A is as follows:

             On entry:                       On exit:

                a11  a22  a33  a44  a55  a66     l11  l22  l33  l44  l55  l66
                a21  a32  a43  a54  a65   *      l21  l32  l43  l54  l65   *
                a31  a42  a53  a64   *    *      l31  l42  l53  l64   *    *

             Array elements marked * are not used by the routine.

   subroutine dpbtrf (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, double precision, dimension( ldab, *
       ) AB, integer LDAB, integer INFO)
       DPBTRF

       Purpose:

            DPBTRF computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric
            positive definite band matrix A.

            The factorization has the form
               A = U**T * U,  if UPLO = 'U', or
               A = L  * L**T,  if UPLO = 'L',
            where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band
                     matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array.  The
                     j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the
                     Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band
                     matrix A, in the same storage format as A.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not
                           positive definite, and the factorization could not be
                           completed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when
             N = 6, KD = 2, and UPLO = 'U':

             On entry:                       On exit:

                 *    *   a13  a24  a35  a46      *    *   u13  u24  u35  u46
                 *   a12  a23  a34  a45  a56      *   u12  u23  u34  u45  u56
                a11  a22  a33  a44  a55  a66     u11  u22  u33  u44  u55  u66

             Similarly, if UPLO = 'L' the format of A is as follows:

             On entry:                       On exit:

                a11  a22  a33  a44  a55  a66     l11  l22  l33  l44  l55  l66
                a21  a32  a43  a54  a65   *      l21  l32  l43  l54  l65   *
                a31  a42  a53  a64   *    *      l31  l42  l53  l64   *    *

             Array elements marked * are not used by the routine.

       Contributors:
           Peter Mayes and Giuseppe Radicati, IBM ECSEC, Rome, March 23, 1989

   subroutine dpbtrs (character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, integer NRHS, double precision,
       dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer
       LDB, integer INFO)
       DPBTRS

       Purpose:

            DPBTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric
            positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization
            A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular factor stored in AB;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular factor stored in AB.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix A, stored in the
                     first KD+1 rows of the array.  The j-th column of U or L is
                     stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO ='U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = U(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO ='L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = L(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpftrf (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       0: * ) A, integer INFO)
       DPFTRF

       Purpose:

            DPFTRF computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric
            positive definite matrix A.

            The factorization has the form
               A = U**T * U,  if UPLO = 'U', or
               A = L  * L**T,  if UPLO = 'L',
            where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular.

            This is the block version of the algorithm, calling Level 3 BLAS.

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  The Normal TRANSR of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'T':  The Transpose TRANSR of RFP A is stored.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of RFP A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 );
                     On entry, the symmetric matrix A in RFP format. RFP format is
                     described by TRANSR, UPLO, and N as follows: If TRANSR = 'N'
                     then RFP A is (0:N,0:k-1) when N is even; k=N/2. RFP A is
                     (0:N-1,0:k) when N is odd; k=N/2. IF TRANSR = 'T' then RFP is
                     the transpose of RFP A as defined when
                     TRANSR = 'N'. The contents of RFP A are defined by UPLO as
                     follows: If UPLO = 'U' the RFP A contains the NT elements of
                     upper packed A. If UPLO = 'L' the RFP A contains the elements
                     of lower packed A. The LDA of RFP A is (N+1)/2 when TRANSR =
                     'T'. When TRANSR is 'N' the LDA is N+1 when N is even and N
                     is odd. See the Note below for more details.

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky
                     factorization RFP A = U**T*U or RFP A = L*L**T.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not
                           positive definite, and the factorization could not be
                           completed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dpftri (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       0: * ) A, integer INFO)
       DPFTRI

       Purpose:

            DPFTRI computes the inverse of a (real) symmetric positive definite
            matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T
            computed by DPFTRF.

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  The Normal TRANSR of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'T':  The Transpose TRANSR of RFP A is stored.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 )
                     On entry, the symmetric matrix A in RFP format. RFP format is
                     described by TRANSR, UPLO, and N as follows: If TRANSR = 'N'
                     then RFP A is (0:N,0:k-1) when N is even; k=N/2. RFP A is
                     (0:N-1,0:k) when N is odd; k=N/2. IF TRANSR = 'T' then RFP is
                     the transpose of RFP A as defined when
                     TRANSR = 'N'. The contents of RFP A are defined by UPLO as
                     follows: If UPLO = 'U' the RFP A contains the nt elements of
                     upper packed A. If UPLO = 'L' the RFP A contains the elements
                     of lower packed A. The LDA of RFP A is (N+1)/2 when TRANSR =
                     'T'. When TRANSR is 'N' the LDA is N+1 when N is even and N
                     is odd. See the Note below for more details.

                     On exit, the symmetric inverse of the original matrix, in the
                     same storage format.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the (i,i) element of the factor U or L is
                           zero, and the inverse could not be computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dpftrs (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, integer NRHS, double
       precision, dimension( 0: * ) A, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB,
       integer INFO)
       DPFTRS

       Purpose:

            DPFTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric
            positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization
            A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPFTRF.

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  The Normal TRANSR of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'T':  The Transpose TRANSR of RFP A is stored.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of RFP A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 ).
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     of RFP A = U**T*U or RFP A = L*L**T, as computed by DPFTRF.
                     See note below for more details about RFP A.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dppcon (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double
       precision ANORM, double precision RCOND, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer,
       dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DPPCON

       Purpose:

            DPPCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the
            1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using
            the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by
            DPPTRF.

            An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the
            condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, packed columnwise in a linear
                     array.  The j-th column of U or L is stored in the array AP
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = U(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           ANORM

                     ANORM is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The 1-norm (or infinity-norm) of the symmetric matrix A.

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A,
                     computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an
                     estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dppequ (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double
       precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision SCOND, double precision AMAX, integer INFO)
       DPPEQU

       Purpose:

            DPPEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a
            symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce
            its condition number (with respect to the two-norm).  S contains the
            scale factors, S(i)=1/sqrt(A(i,i)), chosen so that the scaled matrix
            B with elements B(i,j)=S(i)*A(i,j)*S(j) has ones on the diagonal.
            This choice of S puts the condition number of B within a factor N of
            the smallest possible condition number over all possible diagonal
            scalings.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     If INFO = 0, S contains the scale factors for A.

           SCOND

                     SCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     If INFO = 0, S contains the ratio of the smallest S(i) to
                     the largest S(i).  If SCOND >= 0.1 and AMAX is neither too
                     large nor too small, it is not worth scaling by S.

           AMAX

                     AMAX is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     Absolute value of largest matrix element.  If AMAX is very
                     close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix
                     should be scaled.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element is nonpositive.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpprfs (character UPLO, integer N, integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( * )
       AP, double precision, dimension( * ) AFP, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer
       LDB, double precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX, double precision, dimension( *
       ) FERR, double precision, dimension( * ) BERR, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DPPRFS

       Purpose:

            DPPRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear
            equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite
            and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates
            for the solution.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrices B and X.  NRHS >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           AFP

                     AFP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, as computed by DPPTRF/ZPPTRF,
                     packed columnwise in a linear array in the same format as A
                     (see AP).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     The right hand side matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS)
                     On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DPPTRS.
                     On exit, the improved solution matrix X.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.  LDX >= max(1,N).

           FERR

                     FERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector
                     X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X).
                     If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j)
                     is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest
                     element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the
                     largest element in X(j).  The estimate is as reliable as
                     the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight
                     overestimate of the true error.

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The componentwise relative backward error of each solution
                     vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in
                     any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Internal Parameters:

             ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpptrf (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, integer
       INFO)
       DPPTRF

       Purpose:

            DPPTRF computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric
            positive definite matrix A stored in packed format.

            The factorization has the form
               A = U**T * U,  if UPLO = 'U', or
               A = L  * L**T,  if UPLO = 'L',
            where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix
                     A, packed columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A
                     is stored in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.
                     See below for further details.

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the
                     Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, in the same
                     storage format as A.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not
                           positive definite, and the factorization could not be
                           completed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The packed storage scheme is illustrated by the following example
             when N = 4, UPLO = 'U':

             Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A:

                a11 a12 a13 a14
                    a22 a23 a24
                        a33 a34     (aij = aji)
                            a44

             Packed storage of the upper triangle of A:

             AP = [ a11, a12, a22, a13, a23, a33, a14, a24, a34, a44 ]

   subroutine dpptri (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, integer
       INFO)
       DPPTRI

       Purpose:

            DPPTRI computes the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite
            matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T
            computed by DPPTRF.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular factor is stored in AP;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular factor is stored in AP.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky
                     factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, packed columnwise as
                     a linear array.  The j-th column of U or L is stored in the
                     array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = U(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

                     On exit, the upper or lower triangle of the (symmetric)
                     inverse of A, overwriting the input factor U or L.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the (i,i) element of the factor U or L is
                           zero, and the inverse could not be computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpptrs (character UPLO, integer N, integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( * )
       AP, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, integer INFO)
       DPPTRS

       Purpose:

            DPPTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric
            positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky
            factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization
                     A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, packed columnwise in a linear
                     array.  The j-th column of U or L is stored in the array AP
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = U(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpstf2 (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer
       LDA, integer, dimension( n ) PIV, integer RANK, double precision TOL, double precision,
       dimension( 2*n ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DPSTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization with complete pivoting of a real symmetric
       positive semidefinite matrix.

       Purpose:

            DPSTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization with complete
            pivoting of a real symmetric positive semidefinite matrix A.

            The factorization has the form
               P**T * A * P = U**T * U ,  if UPLO = 'U',
               P**T * A * P = L  * L**T,  if UPLO = 'L',
            where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular, and
            P is stored as vector PIV.

            This algorithm does not attempt to check that A is positive
            semidefinite. This version of the algorithm calls level 2 BLAS.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the
                     symmetric matrix A is stored.
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the symmetric matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading
                     n by n upper triangular part of A contains the upper
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading n by n lower triangular part of A contains the lower
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky
                     factorization as above.

           PIV

                     PIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     PIV is such that the nonzero entries are P( PIV(K), K ) = 1.

           RANK

                     RANK is INTEGER
                     The rank of A given by the number of steps the algorithm
                     completed.

           TOL

                     TOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     User defined tolerance. If TOL < 0, then N*U*MAX( A( K,K ) )
                     will be used. The algorithm terminates at the (K-1)st step
                     if the pivot <= TOL.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
                     Work space.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     < 0: If INFO = -K, the K-th argument had an illegal value,
                     = 0: algorithm completed successfully, and
                     > 0: the matrix A is either rank deficient with computed rank
                          as returned in RANK, or is not positive semidefinite. See
                          Section 7 of LAPACK Working Note #161 for further
                          information.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dpstrf (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer
       LDA, integer, dimension( n ) PIV, integer RANK, double precision TOL, double precision,
       dimension( 2*n ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DPSTRF computes the Cholesky factorization with complete pivoting of a real symmetric
       positive semidefinite matrix.

       Purpose:

            DPSTRF computes the Cholesky factorization with complete
            pivoting of a real symmetric positive semidefinite matrix A.

            The factorization has the form
               P**T * A * P = U**T * U ,  if UPLO = 'U',
               P**T * A * P = L  * L**T,  if UPLO = 'L',
            where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular, and
            P is stored as vector PIV.

            This algorithm does not attempt to check that A is positive
            semidefinite. This version of the algorithm calls level 3 BLAS.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the
                     symmetric matrix A is stored.
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the symmetric matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading
                     n by n upper triangular part of A contains the upper
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading n by n lower triangular part of A contains the lower
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky
                     factorization as above.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           PIV

                     PIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     PIV is such that the nonzero entries are P( PIV(K), K ) = 1.

           RANK

                     RANK is INTEGER
                     The rank of A given by the number of steps the algorithm
                     completed.

           TOL

                     TOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     User defined tolerance. If TOL < 0, then N*U*MAX( A(K,K) )
                     will be used. The algorithm terminates at the (K-1)st step
                     if the pivot <= TOL.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
                     Work space.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     < 0: If INFO = -K, the K-th argument had an illegal value,
                     = 0: algorithm completed successfully, and
                     > 0: the matrix A is either rank deficient with computed rank
                          as returned in RANK, or is not positive semidefinite. See
                          Section 7 of LAPACK Working Note #161 for further
                          information.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dsbgst (character VECT, character UPLO, integer N, integer KA, integer KB, double
       precision, dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision, dimension( ldbb, * )
       BB, integer LDBB, double precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX, double precision,
       dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DSBGST

       Purpose:

            DSBGST reduces a real symmetric-definite banded generalized
            eigenproblem  A*x = lambda*B*x  to standard form  C*y = lambda*y,
            such that C has the same bandwidth as A.

            B must have been previously factorized as S**T*S by DPBSTF, using a
            split Cholesky factorization. A is overwritten by C = X**T*A*X, where
            X = S**(-1)*Q and Q is an orthogonal matrix chosen to preserve the
            bandwidth of A.

       Parameters
           VECT

                     VECT is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  do not form the transformation matrix X;
                     = 'V':  form X.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices A and B.  N >= 0.

           KA

                     KA is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KA >= 0.

           KB

                     KB is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix B if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KA >= KB >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band
                     matrix A, stored in the first ka+1 rows of the array.  The
                     j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(ka+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ka)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+ka).

                     On exit, the transformed matrix X**T*A*X, stored in the same
                     format as A.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KA+1.

           BB

                     BB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDBB,N)
                     The banded factor S from the split Cholesky factorization of
                     B, as returned by DPBSTF, stored in the first KB+1 rows of
                     the array.

           LDBB

                     LDBB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array BB.  LDBB >= KB+1.

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,N)
                     If VECT = 'V', the n-by-n matrix X.
                     If VECT = 'N', the array X is not referenced.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.
                     LDX >= max(1,N) if VECT = 'V'; LDX >= 1 otherwise.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dsbtrd (character VECT, character UPLO, integer N, integer KD, double precision,
       dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double
       precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DSBTRD

       Purpose:

            DSBTRD reduces a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric
            tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation:
            Q**T * A * Q = T.

       Parameters
           VECT

                     VECT is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  do not form Q;
                     = 'V':  form Q;
                     = 'U':  update a matrix X, by forming X*Q.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U',
                     or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band
                     matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array.  The
                     j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB
                     as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).
                     On exit, the diagonal elements of AB are overwritten by the
                     diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; if KD > 0, the
                     elements on the first superdiagonal (if UPLO = 'U') or the
                     first subdiagonal (if UPLO = 'L') are overwritten by the
                     off-diagonal elements of T; the rest of AB is overwritten by
                     values generated during the reduction.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

           E

                     E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     The off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T:
                     E(i) = T(i,i+1) if UPLO = 'U'; E(i) = T(i+1,i) if UPLO = 'L'.

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     On entry, if VECT = 'U', then Q must contain an N-by-N
                     matrix X; if VECT = 'N' or 'V', then Q need not be set.

                     On exit:
                     if VECT = 'V', Q contains the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q;
                     if VECT = 'U', Q contains the product X*Q;
                     if VECT = 'N', the array Q is not referenced.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q.
                     LDQ >= 1, and LDQ >= N if VECT = 'V' or 'U'.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             Modified by Linda Kaufman, Bell Labs.

   subroutine dsfrk (character TRANSR, character UPLO, character TRANS, integer N, integer K,
       double precision ALPHA, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double
       precision BETA, double precision, dimension( * ) C)
       DSFRK performs a symmetric rank-k operation for matrix in RFP format.

       Purpose:

            Level 3 BLAS like routine for C in RFP Format.

            DSFRK performs one of the symmetric rank--k operations

               C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C,

            or

               C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C,

            where alpha and beta are real scalars, C is an n--by--n symmetric
            matrix and A is an n--by--k matrix in the first case and a k--by--n
            matrix in the second case.

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  The Normal Form of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'T':  The Transpose Form of RFP A is stored.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                      On  entry, UPLO specifies whether the upper or lower
                      triangular part of the array C is to be referenced as
                      follows:

                         UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   Only the upper triangular part of C
                                             is to be referenced.

                         UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   Only the lower triangular part of C
                                             is to be referenced.

                      Unchanged on exit.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                      On entry, TRANS specifies the operation to be performed as
                      follows:

                         TRANS = 'N' or 'n'   C := alpha*A*A**T + beta*C.

                         TRANS = 'T' or 't'   C := alpha*A**T*A + beta*C.

                      Unchanged on exit.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                      On entry, N specifies the order of the matrix C. N must be
                      at least zero.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                      On entry with TRANS = 'N' or 'n', K specifies the number
                      of  columns of the matrix A, and on entry with TRANS = 'T'
                      or 't', K specifies the number of rows of the matrix A. K
                      must be at least zero.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           ALPHA

                     ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
                      On entry, ALPHA specifies the scalar alpha.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,ka)
                      where KA
                      is K  when TRANS = 'N' or 'n', and is N otherwise. Before
                      entry with TRANS = 'N' or 'n', the leading N--by--K part of
                      the array A must contain the matrix A, otherwise the leading
                      K--by--N part of the array A must contain the matrix A.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                      On entry, LDA specifies the first dimension of A as declared
                      in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   When  TRANS = 'N' or 'n'
                      then  LDA must be at least  max( 1, n ), otherwise  LDA must
                      be at least  max( 1, k ).
                      Unchanged on exit.

           BETA

                     BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION
                      On entry, BETA specifies the scalar beta.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           C

                     C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NT)
                      NT = N*(N+1)/2. On entry, the symmetric matrix C in RFP
                      Format. RFP Format is described by TRANSR, UPLO and N.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dspcon (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, integer,
       dimension( * ) IPIV, double precision ANORM, double precision RCOND, double precision,
       dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DSPCON

       Purpose:

            DSPCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the
            1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization
            A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF.

            An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the
            condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the details of the factorization are stored
                     as an upper or lower triangular matrix.
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular, form is A = U*D*U**T;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular, form is A = L*D*L**T.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used to
                     obtain the factor U or L as computed by DSPTRF, stored as a
                     packed triangular matrix.

           IPIV

                     IPIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D
                     as determined by DSPTRF.

           ANORM

                     ANORM is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The 1-norm of the original matrix A.

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A,
                     computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an
                     estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dspgst (integer ITYPE, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * )
       AP, double precision, dimension( * ) BP, integer INFO)
       DSPGST

       Purpose:

            DSPGST reduces a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem
            to standard form, using packed storage.

            If ITYPE = 1, the problem is A*x = lambda*B*x,
            and A is overwritten by inv(U**T)*A*inv(U) or inv(L)*A*inv(L**T)

            If ITYPE = 2 or 3, the problem is A*B*x = lambda*x or
            B*A*x = lambda*x, and A is overwritten by U*A*U**T or L**T*A*L.

            B must have been previously factorized as U**T*U or L*L**T by DPPTRF.

       Parameters
           ITYPE

                     ITYPE is INTEGER
                     = 1: compute inv(U**T)*A*inv(U) or inv(L)*A*inv(L**T);
                     = 2 or 3: compute U*A*U**T or L**T*A*L.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored and B is factored as
                             U**T*U;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored and B is factored as
                             L*L**T.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices A and B.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix
                     A, packed columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A
                     is stored in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the transformed matrix, stored in the
                     same format as A.

           BP

                     BP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The triangular factor from the Cholesky factorization of B,
                     stored in the same format as A, as returned by DPPTRF.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dsprfs (character UPLO, integer N, integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( * )
       AP, double precision, dimension( * ) AFP, integer, dimension( * ) IPIV, double precision,
       dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX,
       double precision, dimension( * ) FERR, double precision, dimension( * ) BERR, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DSPRFS

       Purpose:

            DSPRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear
            equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite
            and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates
            for the solution.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrices B and X.  NRHS >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           AFP

                     AFP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The factored form of the matrix A.  AFP contains the block
                     diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used to obtain the
                     factor U or L from the factorization A = U*D*U**T or
                     A = L*D*L**T as computed by DSPTRF, stored as a packed
                     triangular matrix.

           IPIV

                     IPIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D
                     as determined by DSPTRF.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     The right hand side matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS)
                     On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DSPTRS.
                     On exit, the improved solution matrix X.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.  LDX >= max(1,N).

           FERR

                     FERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector
                     X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X).
                     If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j)
                     is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest
                     element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the
                     largest element in X(j).  The estimate is as reliable as
                     the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight
                     overestimate of the true error.

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The componentwise relative backward error of each solution
                     vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in
                     any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Internal Parameters:

             ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dsptrd (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double
       precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision,
       dimension( * ) TAU, integer INFO)
       DSPTRD

       Purpose:

            DSPTRD reduces a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to
            symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity
            transformation: Q**T * A * Q = T.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix
                     A, packed columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A
                     is stored in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.
                     On exit, if UPLO = 'U', the diagonal and first superdiagonal
                     of A are overwritten by the corresponding elements of the
                     tridiagonal matrix T, and the elements above the first
                     superdiagonal, with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal
                     matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors; if UPLO
                     = 'L', the diagonal and first subdiagonal of A are over-
                     written by the corresponding elements of the tridiagonal
                     matrix T, and the elements below the first subdiagonal, with
                     the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product
                     of elementary reflectors. See Further Details.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T:
                     D(i) = A(i,i).

           E

                     E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     The off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T:
                     E(i) = A(i,i+1) if UPLO = 'U', E(i) = A(i+1,i) if UPLO = 'L'.

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further
                     Details).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             If UPLO = 'U', the matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary
             reflectors

                Q = H(n-1) . . . H(2) H(1).

             Each H(i) has the form

                H(i) = I - tau * v * v**T

             where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with
             v(i+1:n) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(1:i-1) is stored on exit in AP,
             overwriting A(1:i-1,i+1), and tau is stored in TAU(i).

             If UPLO = 'L', the matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary
             reflectors

                Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n-1).

             Each H(i) has the form

                H(i) = I - tau * v * v**T

             where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with
             v(1:i) = 0 and v(i+1) = 1; v(i+2:n) is stored on exit in AP,
             overwriting A(i+2:n,i), and tau is stored in TAU(i).

   subroutine dsptrf (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, integer,
       dimension( * ) IPIV, integer INFO)
       DSPTRF

       Purpose:

            DSPTRF computes the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored
            in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method:

               A = U*D*U**T  or  A = L*D*L**T

            where U (or L) is a product of permutation and unit upper (lower)
            triangular matrices, and D is symmetric and block diagonal with
            1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix
                     A, packed columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A
                     is stored in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

                     On exit, the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used
                     to obtain the factor U or L, stored as a packed triangular
                     matrix overwriting A (see below for further details).

           IPIV

                     IPIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D.
                     If IPIV(k) > 0, then rows and columns k and IPIV(k) were
                     interchanged and D(k,k) is a 1-by-1 diagonal block.
                     If UPLO = 'U' and IPIV(k) = IPIV(k-1) < 0, then rows and
                     columns k-1 and -IPIV(k) were interchanged and D(k-1:k,k-1:k)
                     is a 2-by-2 diagonal block.  If UPLO = 'L' and IPIV(k) =
                     IPIV(k+1) < 0, then rows and columns k+1 and -IPIV(k) were
                     interchanged and D(k:k+1,k:k+1) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, D(i,i) is exactly zero.  The factorization
                          has been completed, but the block diagonal matrix D is
                          exactly singular, and division by zero will occur if it
                          is used to solve a system of equations.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             If UPLO = 'U', then A = U*D*U**T, where
                U = P(n)*U(n)* ... *P(k)U(k)* ...,
             i.e., U is a product of terms P(k)*U(k), where k decreases from n to
             1 in steps of 1 or 2, and D is a block diagonal matrix with 1-by-1
             and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks D(k).  P(k) is a permutation matrix as
             defined by IPIV(k), and U(k) is a unit upper triangular matrix, such
             that if the diagonal block D(k) is of order s (s = 1 or 2), then

                        (   I    v    0   )   k-s
                U(k) =  (   0    I    0   )   s
                        (   0    0    I   )   n-k
                           k-s   s   n-k

             If s = 1, D(k) overwrites A(k,k), and v overwrites A(1:k-1,k).
             If s = 2, the upper triangle of D(k) overwrites A(k-1,k-1), A(k-1,k),
             and A(k,k), and v overwrites A(1:k-2,k-1:k).

             If UPLO = 'L', then A = L*D*L**T, where
                L = P(1)*L(1)* ... *P(k)*L(k)* ...,
             i.e., L is a product of terms P(k)*L(k), where k increases from 1 to
             n in steps of 1 or 2, and D is a block diagonal matrix with 1-by-1
             and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks D(k).  P(k) is a permutation matrix as
             defined by IPIV(k), and L(k) is a unit lower triangular matrix, such
             that if the diagonal block D(k) is of order s (s = 1 or 2), then

                        (   I    0     0   )  k-1
                L(k) =  (   0    I     0   )  s
                        (   0    v     I   )  n-k-s+1
                           k-1   s  n-k-s+1

             If s = 1, D(k) overwrites A(k,k), and v overwrites A(k+1:n,k).
             If s = 2, the lower triangle of D(k) overwrites A(k,k), A(k+1,k),
             and A(k+1,k+1), and v overwrites A(k+2:n,k:k+1).

       Contributors:
           J. Lewis, Boeing Computer Services Company

   subroutine dsptri (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, integer,
       dimension( * ) IPIV, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DSPTRI

       Purpose:

            DSPTRI computes the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix
            A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or
            A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the details of the factorization are stored
                     as an upper or lower triangular matrix.
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular, form is A = U*D*U**T;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular, form is A = L*D*L**T.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers
                     used to obtain the factor U or L as computed by DSPTRF,
                     stored as a packed triangular matrix.

                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the (symmetric) inverse of the original
                     matrix, stored as a packed triangular matrix. The j-th column
                     of inv(A) is stored in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = inv(A)(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L',
                        AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = inv(A)(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           IPIV

                     IPIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D
                     as determined by DSPTRF.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, D(i,i) = 0; the matrix is singular and its
                          inverse could not be computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dsptrs (character UPLO, integer N, integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( * )
       AP, integer, dimension( * ) IPIV, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB,
       integer INFO)
       DSPTRS

       Purpose:

            DSPTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real
            symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization
            A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the details of the factorization are stored
                     as an upper or lower triangular matrix.
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular, form is A = U*D*U**T;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular, form is A = L*D*L**T.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used to
                     obtain the factor U or L as computed by DSPTRF, stored as a
                     packed triangular matrix.

           IPIV

                     IPIV is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D
                     as determined by DSPTRF.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dstegr (character JOBZ, character RANGE, integer N, double precision, dimension( *
       ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision VL, double precision VU, integer
       IL, integer IU, double precision ABSTOL, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) W,
       double precision, dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ, integer, dimension( * ) ISUPPZ,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK,
       integer LIWORK, integer INFO)
       DSTEGR

       Purpose:

            DSTEGR computes selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors
            of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T. Any such unreduced matrix has
            a well defined set of pairwise different real eigenvalues, the corresponding
            real eigenvectors are pairwise orthogonal.

            The spectrum may be computed either completely or partially by specifying
            either an interval (VL,VU] or a range of indices IL:IU for the desired
            eigenvalues.

            DSTEGR is a compatibility wrapper around the improved DSTEMR routine.
            See DSTEMR for further details.

            One important change is that the ABSTOL parameter no longer provides any
            benefit and hence is no longer used.

            Note : DSTEGR and DSTEMR work only on machines which follow
            IEEE-754 floating-point standard in their handling of infinities and
            NaNs.  Normal execution may create these exceptiona values and hence
            may abort due to a floating point exception in environments which
            do not conform to the IEEE-754 standard.

       Parameters
           JOBZ

                     JOBZ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  Compute eigenvalues only;
                     = 'V':  Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

           RANGE

                     RANGE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found.
                     = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU]
                            will be found.
                     = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix.  N >= 0.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     On entry, the N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix
                     T. On exit, D is overwritten.

           E

                     E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     On entry, the (N-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal
                     matrix T in elements 1 to N-1 of E. E(N) need not be set on
                     input, but is used internally as workspace.
                     On exit, E is overwritten.

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     If RANGE='V', the lower bound of the interval to
                     be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

           VU

                     VU is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     If RANGE='V', the upper bound of the interval to
                     be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

           IL

                     IL is INTEGER

                     If RANGE='I', the index of the
                     smallest eigenvalue to be returned.
                     1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

           IU

                     IU is INTEGER

                     If RANGE='I', the index of the
                     largest eigenvalue to be returned.
                     1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

           ABSTOL

                     ABSTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     Unused.  Was the absolute error tolerance for the
                     eigenvalues/eigenvectors in previous versions.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of eigenvalues found.  0 <= M <= N.
                     If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1.

           W

                     W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The first M elements contain the selected eigenvalues in
                     ascending order.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M) )
                     If JOBZ = 'V', and if INFO = 0, then the first M columns of Z
                     contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix T
                     corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th
                     column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i).
                     If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced.
                     Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are
                     supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M
                     is not known in advance and an upper bound must be used.
                     Supplying N columns is always safe.

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Z.  LDZ >= 1, and if
                     JOBZ = 'V', then LDZ >= max(1,N).

           ISUPPZ

                     ISUPPZ is INTEGER array, dimension ( 2*max(1,M) )
                     The support of the eigenvectors in Z, i.e., the indices
                     indicating the nonzero elements in Z. The i-th computed eigenvector
                     is nonzero only in elements ISUPPZ( 2*i-1 ) through
                     ISUPPZ( 2*i ). This is relevant in the case when the matrix
                     is split. ISUPPZ is only accessed when JOBZ is 'V' and N > 0.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal
                     (and minimal) LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,18*N)
                     if JOBZ = 'V', and LWORK >= max(1,12*N) if JOBZ = 'N'.
                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK)
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK.

           LIWORK

                     LIWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array IWORK.  LIWORK >= max(1,10*N)
                     if the eigenvectors are desired, and LIWORK >= max(1,8*N)
                     if only the eigenvalues are to be computed.
                     If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the
                     routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array,
                     returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and
                     no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     On exit, INFO
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = 1X, internal error in DLARRE,
                           if INFO = 2X, internal error in DLARRV.
                           Here, the digit X = ABS( IINFO ) < 10, where IINFO is
                           the nonzero error code returned by DLARRE or
                           DLARRV, respectively.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA
            Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA
            Christof Voemel, LBNL/NERSC, USA

   subroutine dstein (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension(
       * ) E, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) W, integer, dimension( * ) IBLOCK,
       integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, double precision, dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer, dimension(
       * ) IFAIL, integer INFO)
       DSTEIN

       Purpose:

            DSTEIN computes the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal
            matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse
            iteration.

            The maximum number of iterations allowed for each eigenvector is
            specified by an internal parameter MAXITS (currently set to 5).

       Parameters
           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix.  N >= 0.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

           E

                     E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
                     The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix
                     T, in elements 1 to N-1.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of eigenvectors to be found.  0 <= M <= N.

           W

                     W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The first M elements of W contain the eigenvalues for
                     which eigenvectors are to be computed.  The eigenvalues
                     should be grouped by split-off block and ordered from
                     smallest to largest within the block.  ( The output array
                     W from DSTEBZ with ORDER = 'B' is expected here. )

           IBLOCK

                     IBLOCK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     The submatrix indices associated with the corresponding
                     eigenvalues in W; IBLOCK(i)=1 if eigenvalue W(i) belongs to
                     the first submatrix from the top, =2 if W(i) belongs to
                     the second submatrix, etc.  ( The output array IBLOCK
                     from DSTEBZ is expected here. )

           ISPLIT

                     ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
                     The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices.
                     The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to
                     ISPLIT( 1 ), the second of rows/columns ISPLIT( 1 )+1
                     through ISPLIT( 2 ), etc.
                     ( The output array ISPLIT from DSTEBZ is expected here. )

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, M)
                     The computed eigenvectors.  The eigenvector associated
                     with the eigenvalue W(i) is stored in the i-th column of
                     Z.  Any vector which fails to converge is set to its current
                     iterate after MAXITS iterations.

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Z.  LDZ >= max(1,N).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (5*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           IFAIL

                     IFAIL is INTEGER array, dimension (M)
                     On normal exit, all elements of IFAIL are zero.
                     If one or more eigenvectors fail to converge after
                     MAXITS iterations, then their indices are stored in
                     array IFAIL.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit.
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, then i eigenvectors failed to converge
                          in MAXITS iterations.  Their indices are stored in
                          array IFAIL.

       Internal Parameters:

             MAXITS  INTEGER, default = 5
                     The maximum number of iterations performed.

             EXTRA   INTEGER, default = 2
                     The number of iterations performed after norm growth
                     criterion is satisfied, should be at least 1.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dstemr (character JOBZ, character RANGE, integer N, double precision, dimension( *
       ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision VL, double precision VU, integer
       IL, integer IU, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) W, double precision,
       dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ, integer NZC, integer, dimension( * ) ISUPPZ, logical
       TRYRAC, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension( * )
       IWORK, integer LIWORK, integer INFO)
       DSTEMR

       Purpose:

            DSTEMR computes selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors
            of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T. Any such unreduced matrix has
            a well defined set of pairwise different real eigenvalues, the corresponding
            real eigenvectors are pairwise orthogonal.

            The spectrum may be computed either completely or partially by specifying
            either an interval (VL,VU] or a range of indices IL:IU for the desired
            eigenvalues.

            Depending on the number of desired eigenvalues, these are computed either
            by bisection or the dqds algorithm. Numerically orthogonal eigenvectors are
            computed by the use of various suitable L D L^T factorizations near clusters
            of close eigenvalues (referred to as RRRs, Relatively Robust
            Representations). An informal sketch of the algorithm follows.

            For each unreduced block (submatrix) of T,
               (a) Compute T - sigma I  = L D L^T, so that L and D
                   define all the wanted eigenvalues to high relative accuracy.
                   This means that small relative changes in the entries of D and L
                   cause only small relative changes in the eigenvalues and
                   eigenvectors. The standard (unfactored) representation of the
                   tridiagonal matrix T does not have this property in general.
               (b) Compute the eigenvalues to suitable accuracy.
                   If the eigenvectors are desired, the algorithm attains full
                   accuracy of the computed eigenvalues only right before
                   the corresponding vectors have to be computed, see steps c) and d).
               (c) For each cluster of close eigenvalues, select a new
                   shift close to the cluster, find a new factorization, and refine
                   the shifted eigenvalues to suitable accuracy.
               (d) For each eigenvalue with a large enough relative separation compute
                   the corresponding eigenvector by forming a rank revealing twisted
                   factorization. Go back to (c) for any clusters that remain.

            For more details, see:
            - Inderjit S. Dhillon and Beresford N. Parlett: 'Multiple representations
              to compute orthogonal eigenvectors of symmetric tridiagonal matrices,'
              Linear Algebra and its Applications, 387(1), pp. 1-28, August 2004.
            - Inderjit Dhillon and Beresford Parlett: 'Orthogonal Eigenvectors and
              Relative Gaps,' SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications, Vol. 25,
              2004.  Also LAPACK Working Note 154.
            - Inderjit Dhillon: 'A new O(n^2) algorithm for the symmetric
              tridiagonal eigenvalue/eigenvector problem',
              Computer Science Division Technical Report No. UCB/CSD-97-971,
              UC Berkeley, May 1997.

            Further Details
            1.DSTEMR works only on machines which follow IEEE-754
            floating-point standard in their handling of infinities and NaNs.
            This permits the use of efficient inner loops avoiding a check for
            zero divisors.

       Parameters
           JOBZ

                     JOBZ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  Compute eigenvalues only;
                     = 'V':  Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

           RANGE

                     RANGE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found.
                     = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU]
                            will be found.
                     = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix.  N >= 0.

           D

                     D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     On entry, the N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix
                     T. On exit, D is overwritten.

           E

                     E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     On entry, the (N-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal
                     matrix T in elements 1 to N-1 of E. E(N) need not be set on
                     input, but is used internally as workspace.
                     On exit, E is overwritten.

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     If RANGE='V', the lower bound of the interval to
                     be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

           VU

                     VU is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     If RANGE='V', the upper bound of the interval to
                     be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

           IL

                     IL is INTEGER

                     If RANGE='I', the index of the
                     smallest eigenvalue to be returned.
                     1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

           IU

                     IU is INTEGER

                     If RANGE='I', the index of the
                     largest eigenvalue to be returned.
                     1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0.
                     Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of eigenvalues found.  0 <= M <= N.
                     If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1.

           W

                     W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
                     The first M elements contain the selected eigenvalues in
                     ascending order.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M) )
                     If JOBZ = 'V', and if INFO = 0, then the first M columns of Z
                     contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix T
                     corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th
                     column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i).
                     If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced.
                     Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are
                     supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M
                     is not known in advance and can be computed with a workspace
                     query by setting NZC = -1, see below.

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Z.  LDZ >= 1, and if
                     JOBZ = 'V', then LDZ >= max(1,N).

           NZC

                     NZC is INTEGER
                     The number of eigenvectors to be held in the array Z.
                     If RANGE = 'A', then NZC >= max(1,N).
                     If RANGE = 'V', then NZC >= the number of eigenvalues in (VL,VU].
                     If RANGE = 'I', then NZC >= IU-IL+1.
                     If NZC = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the
                     routine calculates the number of columns of the array Z that
                     are needed to hold the eigenvectors.
                     This value is returned as the first entry of the Z array, and
                     no error message related to NZC is issued by XERBLA.

           ISUPPZ

                     ISUPPZ is INTEGER array, dimension ( 2*max(1,M) )
                     The support of the eigenvectors in Z, i.e., the indices
                     indicating the nonzero elements in Z. The i-th computed eigenvector
                     is nonzero only in elements ISUPPZ( 2*i-1 ) through
                     ISUPPZ( 2*i ). This is relevant in the case when the matrix
                     is split. ISUPPZ is only accessed when JOBZ is 'V' and N > 0.

           TRYRAC

                     TRYRAC is LOGICAL
                     If TRYRAC = .TRUE., indicates that the code should check whether
                     the tridiagonal matrix defines its eigenvalues to high relative
                     accuracy.  If so, the code uses relative-accuracy preserving
                     algorithms that might be (a bit) slower depending on the matrix.
                     If the matrix does not define its eigenvalues to high relative
                     accuracy, the code can uses possibly faster algorithms.
                     If TRYRAC = .FALSE., the code is not required to guarantee
                     relatively accurate eigenvalues and can use the fastest possible
                     techniques.
                     On exit, a .TRUE. TRYRAC will be set to .FALSE. if the matrix
                     does not define its eigenvalues to high relative accuracy.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK)
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal
                     (and minimal) LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,18*N)
                     if JOBZ = 'V', and LWORK >= max(1,12*N) if JOBZ = 'N'.
                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK)
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK.

           LIWORK

                     LIWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array IWORK.  LIWORK >= max(1,10*N)
                     if the eigenvectors are desired, and LIWORK >= max(1,8*N)
                     if only the eigenvalues are to be computed.
                     If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the
                     routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array,
                     returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and
                     no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     On exit, INFO
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = 1X, internal error in DLARRE,
                           if INFO = 2X, internal error in DLARRV.
                           Here, the digit X = ABS( IINFO ) < 10, where IINFO is
                           the nonzero error code returned by DLARRE or
                           DLARRV, respectively.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA
            Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA
            Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA
            Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA
            Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

   subroutine dtbcon (character NORM, character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, integer KD,
       double precision, dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision RCOND, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTBCON

       Purpose:

            DTBCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number of a
            triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm.

            The norm of A is computed and an estimate is obtained for
            norm(inv(A)), then the reciprocal of the condition number is
            computed as
               RCOND = 1 / ( norm(A) * norm(inv(A)) ).

       Parameters
           NORM

                     NORM is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the 1-norm condition number or the
                     infinity-norm condition number is required:
                     = '1' or 'O':  1-norm;
                     = 'I':         Infinity-norm.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals or subdiagonals of the
                     triangular band matrix A.  KD >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The upper or lower triangular band matrix A, stored in the
                     first kd+1 rows of the array. The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).
                     If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are not referenced
                     and are assumed to be 1.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A,
                     computed as RCOND = 1/(norm(A) * norm(inv(A))).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtbrfs (character UPLO, character TRANS, character DIAG, integer N, integer KD,
       integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision,
       dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX,
       double precision, dimension( * ) FERR, double precision, dimension( * ) BERR, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTBRFS

       Purpose:

            DTBRFS provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the
            solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band
            coefficient matrix.

            The solution matrix X must be computed by DTBTRS or some other
            means before entering this routine.  DTBRFS does not do iterative
            refinement because doing so cannot improve the backward error.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the form of the system of equations:
                     = 'N':  A * X = B  (No transpose)
                     = 'T':  A**T * X = B  (Transpose)
                     = 'C':  A**H * X = B  (Conjugate transpose = Transpose)

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals or subdiagonals of the
                     triangular band matrix A.  KD >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrices B and X.  NRHS >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The upper or lower triangular band matrix A, stored in the
                     first kd+1 rows of the array. The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).
                     If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are not referenced
                     and are assumed to be 1.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     The right hand side matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS)
                     The solution matrix X.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.  LDX >= max(1,N).

           FERR

                     FERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector
                     X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X).
                     If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j)
                     is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest
                     element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the
                     largest element in X(j).  The estimate is as reliable as
                     the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight
                     overestimate of the true error.

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The componentwise relative backward error of each solution
                     vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in
                     any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtbtrs (character UPLO, character TRANS, character DIAG, integer N, integer KD,
       integer NRHS, double precision, dimension( ldab, * ) AB, integer LDAB, double precision,
       dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, integer INFO)
       DTBTRS

       Purpose:

            DTBTRS solves a triangular system of the form

               A * X = B  or  A**T * X = B,

            where A is a triangular band matrix of order N, and B is an
            N-by NRHS matrix.  A check is made to verify that A is nonsingular.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the form the system of equations:
                     = 'N':  A * X = B  (No transpose)
                     = 'T':  A**T * X = B  (Transpose)
                     = 'C':  A**H * X = B  (Conjugate transpose = Transpose)

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           KD

                     KD is INTEGER
                     The number of superdiagonals or subdiagonals of the
                     triangular band matrix A.  KD >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           AB

                     AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N)
                     The upper or lower triangular band matrix A, stored in the
                     first kd+1 rows of AB.  The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the j-th column of the array AB as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j)    = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd).
                     If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are not referenced
                     and are assumed to be 1.

           LDAB

                     LDAB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array AB.  LDAB >= KD+1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element of A is zero,
                           indicating that the matrix is singular and the
                           solutions X have not been computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtfsm (character TRANSR, character SIDE, character UPLO, character TRANS, character
       DIAG, integer M, integer N, double precision ALPHA, double precision, dimension( 0: * ) A,
       double precision, dimension( 0: ldb-1, 0: * ) B, integer LDB)
       DTFSM solves a matrix equation (one operand is a triangular matrix in RFP format).

       Purpose:

            Level 3 BLAS like routine for A in RFP Format.

            DTFSM  solves the matrix equation

               op( A )*X = alpha*B  or  X*op( A ) = alpha*B

            where alpha is a scalar, X and B are m by n matrices, A is a unit, or
            non-unit,  upper or lower triangular matrix  and  op( A )  is one  of

               op( A ) = A   or   op( A ) = A**T.

            A is in Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format.

            The matrix X is overwritten on B.

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  The Normal Form of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'T':  The Transpose Form of RFP A is stored.

           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                      On entry, SIDE specifies whether op( A ) appears on the left
                      or right of X as follows:

                         SIDE = 'L' or 'l'   op( A )*X = alpha*B.

                         SIDE = 'R' or 'r'   X*op( A ) = alpha*B.

                      Unchanged on exit.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                      On entry, UPLO specifies whether the RFP matrix A came from
                      an upper or lower triangular matrix as follows:
                      UPLO = 'U' or 'u' RFP A came from an upper triangular matrix
                      UPLO = 'L' or 'l' RFP A came from a  lower triangular matrix

                      Unchanged on exit.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                      On entry, TRANS  specifies the form of op( A ) to be used
                      in the matrix multiplication as follows:

                         TRANS  = 'N' or 'n'   op( A ) = A.

                         TRANS  = 'T' or 't'   op( A ) = A'.

                      Unchanged on exit.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                      On entry, DIAG specifies whether or not RFP A is unit
                      triangular as follows:

                         DIAG = 'U' or 'u'   A is assumed to be unit triangular.

                         DIAG = 'N' or 'n'   A is not assumed to be unit
                                             triangular.

                      Unchanged on exit.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                      On entry, M specifies the number of rows of B. M must be at
                      least zero.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                      On entry, N specifies the number of columns of B.  N must be
                      at least zero.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           ALPHA

                     ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
                      On entry,  ALPHA specifies the scalar  alpha. When  alpha is
                      zero then  A is not referenced and  B need not be set before
                      entry.
                      Unchanged on exit.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NT)
                      NT = N*(N+1)/2. On entry, the matrix A in RFP Format.
                      RFP Format is described by TRANSR, UPLO and N as follows:
                      If TRANSR='N' then RFP A is (0:N,0:K-1) when N is even;
                      K=N/2. RFP A is (0:N-1,0:K) when N is odd; K=N/2. If
                      TRANSR = 'T' then RFP is the transpose of RFP A as
                      defined when TRANSR = 'N'. The contents of RFP A are defined
                      by UPLO as follows: If UPLO = 'U' the RFP A contains the NT
                      elements of upper packed A either in normal or
                      transpose Format. If UPLO = 'L' the RFP A contains
                      the NT elements of lower packed A either in normal or
                      transpose Format. The LDA of RFP A is (N+1)/2 when
                      TRANSR = 'T'. When TRANSR is 'N' the LDA is N+1 when N is
                      even and is N when is odd.
                      See the Note below for more details. Unchanged on exit.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                      Before entry,  the leading  m by n part of the array  B must
                      contain  the  right-hand  side  matrix  B,  and  on exit  is
                      overwritten by the solution matrix  X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                      On entry, LDB specifies the first dimension of B as declared
                      in  the  calling  (sub)  program.   LDB  must  be  at  least
                      max( 1, m ).
                      Unchanged on exit.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dtftri (character TRANSR, character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, double
       precision, dimension( 0: * ) A, integer INFO)
       DTFTRI

       Purpose:

            DTFTRI computes the inverse of a triangular matrix A stored in RFP
            format.

            This is a Level 3 BLAS version of the algorithm.

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  The Normal TRANSR of RFP A is stored;
                     = 'T':  The Transpose TRANSR of RFP A is stored.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (0:nt-1);
                     nt=N*(N+1)/2. On entry, the triangular factor of a Hermitian
                     Positive Definite matrix A in RFP format. RFP format is
                     described by TRANSR, UPLO, and N as follows: If TRANSR = 'N'
                     then RFP A is (0:N,0:k-1) when N is even; k=N/2. RFP A is
                     (0:N-1,0:k) when N is odd; k=N/2. IF TRANSR = 'T' then RFP is
                     the transpose of RFP A as defined when
                     TRANSR = 'N'. The contents of RFP A are defined by UPLO as
                     follows: If UPLO = 'U' the RFP A contains the nt elements of
                     upper packed A; If UPLO = 'L' the RFP A contains the nt
                     elements of lower packed A. The LDA of RFP A is (N+1)/2 when
                     TRANSR = 'T'. When TRANSR is 'N' the LDA is N+1 when N is
                     even and N is odd. See the Note below for more details.

                     On exit, the (triangular) inverse of the original matrix, in
                     the same storage format.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, A(i,i) is exactly zero.  The triangular
                          matrix is singular and its inverse can not be computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dtfttp (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       0: * ) ARF, double precision, dimension( 0: * ) AP, integer INFO)
       DTFTTP copies a triangular matrix from the rectangular full packed format (TF) to the
       standard packed format (TP).

       Purpose:

            DTFTTP copies a triangular matrix A from rectangular full packed
            format (TF) to standard packed format (TP).

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  ARF is in Normal format;
                     = 'T':  ARF is in Transpose format;

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A. N >= 0.

           ARF

                     ARF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 ),
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in
                     RFP format. For a further discussion see Notes below.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 ),
                     On exit, the upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dtfttr (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       0: * ) ARF, double precision, dimension( 0: lda-1, 0: * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)
       DTFTTR copies a triangular matrix from the rectangular full packed format (TF) to the
       standard full format (TR).

       Purpose:

            DTFTTR copies a triangular matrix A from rectangular full packed
            format (TF) to standard full format (TR).

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  ARF is in Normal format;
                     = 'T':  ARF is in Transpose format.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices ARF and A. N >= 0.

           ARF

                     ARF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2).
                     On entry, the upper (if UPLO = 'U') or lower (if UPLO = 'L')
                     matrix A in RFP format. See the 'Notes' below for more
                     details.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On exit, the triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the
                     leading N-by-N upper triangular part of the array A contains
                     the upper triangular matrix, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading N-by-N lower triangular part of the array A contains
                     the lower triangular matrix, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dtgsen (integer IJOB, logical WANTQ, logical WANTZ, logical, dimension( * ) SELECT,
       integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision,
       dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( * ) ALPHAR, double
       precision, dimension( * ) ALPHAI, double precision, dimension( * ) BETA, double precision,
       dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, double precision, dimension( ldz, * ) Z, integer LDZ,
       integer M, double precision PL, double precision PR, double precision, dimension( * ) DIF,
       double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK,
       integer LIWORK, integer INFO)
       DTGSEN

       Purpose:

            DTGSEN reorders the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real
            matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans-
            formation Q**T * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues
            appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular
            matrix A and the upper triangular B. The leading columns of Q and
            Z form orthonormal bases of the corresponding left and right eigen-
            spaces (deflating subspaces). (A, B) must be in generalized real
            Schur canonical form (as returned by DGGES), i.e. A is block upper
            triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks. B is upper
            triangular.

            DTGSEN also computes the generalized eigenvalues

                        w(j) = (ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETA(j)

            of the reordered matrix pair (A, B).

            Optionally, DTGSEN computes the estimates of reciprocal condition
            numbers for eigenvalues and eigenspaces. These are Difu[(A11,B11),
            (A22,B22)] and Difl[(A11,B11), (A22,B22)], i.e. the separation(s)
            between the matrix pairs (A11, B11) and (A22,B22) that correspond to
            the selected cluster and the eigenvalues outside the cluster, resp.,
            and norms of 'projections' onto left and right eigenspaces w.r.t.
            the selected cluster in the (1,1)-block.

       Parameters
           IJOB

                     IJOB is INTEGER
                     Specifies whether condition numbers are required for the
                     cluster of eigenvalues (PL and PR) or the deflating subspaces
                     (Difu and Difl):
                      =0: Only reorder w.r.t. SELECT. No extras.
                      =1: Reciprocal of norms of 'projections' onto left and right
                          eigenspaces w.r.t. the selected cluster (PL and PR).
                      =2: Upper bounds on Difu and Difl. F-norm-based estimate
                          (DIF(1:2)).
                      =3: Estimate of Difu and Difl. 1-norm-based estimate
                          (DIF(1:2)).
                          About 5 times as expensive as IJOB = 2.
                      =4: Compute PL, PR and DIF (i.e. 0, 1 and 2 above): Economic
                          version to get it all.
                      =5: Compute PL, PR and DIF (i.e. 0, 1 and 3 above)

           WANTQ

                     WANTQ is LOGICAL
                     .TRUE. : update the left transformation matrix Q;
                     .FALSE.: do not update Q.

           WANTZ

                     WANTZ is LOGICAL
                     .TRUE. : update the right transformation matrix Z;
                     .FALSE.: do not update Z.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     SELECT specifies the eigenvalues in the selected cluster.
                     To select a real eigenvalue w(j), SELECT(j) must be set to
                     .TRUE.. To select a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues
                     w(j) and w(j+1), corresponding to a 2-by-2 diagonal block,
                     either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) or both must be set to
                     .TRUE.; a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues must be
                     either both included in the cluster or both excluded.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDA,N)
                     On entry, the upper quasi-triangular matrix A, with (A, B) in
                     generalized real Schur canonical form.
                     On exit, A is overwritten by the reordered matrix A.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDB,N)
                     On entry, the upper triangular matrix B, with (A, B) in
                     generalized real Schur canonical form.
                     On exit, B is overwritten by the reordered matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N).

           ALPHAR

                     ALPHAR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           ALPHAI

                     ALPHAI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           BETA

                     BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

                     On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will
                     be the generalized eigenvalues.  ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i
                     and BETA(j),j=1,...,N  are the diagonals of the complex Schur
                     form (S,T) that would result if the 2-by-2 diagonal blocks of
                     the real generalized Schur form of (A,B) were further reduced
                     to triangular form using complex unitary transformations.
                     If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then the j-th eigenvalue is real; if
                     positive, then the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues are a
                     complex conjugate pair, with ALPHAI(j+1) negative.

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     On entry, if WANTQ = .TRUE., Q is an N-by-N matrix.
                     On exit, Q has been postmultiplied by the left orthogonal
                     transformation matrix which reorder (A, B); The leading M
                     columns of Q form orthonormal bases for the specified pair of
                     left eigenspaces (deflating subspaces).
                     If WANTQ = .FALSE., Q is not referenced.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q.  LDQ >= 1;
                     and if WANTQ = .TRUE., LDQ >= N.

           Z

                     Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ,N)
                     On entry, if WANTZ = .TRUE., Z is an N-by-N matrix.
                     On exit, Z has been postmultiplied by the left orthogonal
                     transformation matrix which reorder (A, B); The leading M
                     columns of Z form orthonormal bases for the specified pair of
                     left eigenspaces (deflating subspaces).
                     If WANTZ = .FALSE., Z is not referenced.

           LDZ

                     LDZ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1;
                     If WANTZ = .TRUE., LDZ >= N.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the specified pair of left and right eigen-
                     spaces (deflating subspaces). 0 <= M <= N.

           PL

                     PL is DOUBLE PRECISION

           PR

                     PR is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     If IJOB = 1, 4 or 5, PL, PR are lower bounds on the
                     reciprocal of the norm of 'projections' onto left and right
                     eigenspaces with respect to the selected cluster.
                     0 < PL, PR <= 1.
                     If M = 0 or M = N, PL = PR  = 1.
                     If IJOB = 0, 2 or 3, PL and PR are not referenced.

           DIF

                     DIF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2).
                     If IJOB >= 2, DIF(1:2) store the estimates of Difu and Difl.
                     If IJOB = 2 or 4, DIF(1:2) are F-norm-based upper bounds on
                     Difu and Difl. If IJOB = 3 or 5, DIF(1:2) are 1-norm-based
                     estimates of Difu and Difl.
                     If M = 0 or N, DIF(1:2) = F-norm([A, B]).
                     If IJOB = 0 or 1, DIF is not referenced.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >=  4*N+16.
                     If IJOB = 1, 2 or 4, LWORK >= MAX(4*N+16, 2*M*(N-M)).
                     If IJOB = 3 or 5, LWORK >= MAX(4*N+16, 4*M*(N-M)).

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (MAX(1,LIWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK.

           LIWORK

                     LIWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array IWORK. LIWORK >= 1.
                     If IJOB = 1, 2 or 4, LIWORK >=  N+6.
                     If IJOB = 3 or 5, LIWORK >= MAX(2*M*(N-M), N+6).

                     If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the
                     routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array,
                     returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and
                     no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                       =0: Successful exit.
                       <0: If INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                       =1: Reordering of (A, B) failed because the transformed
                           matrix pair (A, B) would be too far from generalized
                           Schur form; the problem is very ill-conditioned.
                           (A, B) may have been partially reordered.
                           If requested, 0 is returned in DIF(*), PL and PR.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             DTGSEN first collects the selected eigenvalues by computing
             orthogonal U and W that move them to the top left corner of (A, B).
             In other words, the selected eigenvalues are the eigenvalues of
             (A11, B11) in:

                         U**T*(A, B)*W = (A11 A12) (B11 B12) n1
                                         ( 0  A22),( 0  B22) n2
                                           n1  n2    n1  n2

             where N = n1+n2 and U**T means the transpose of U. The first n1 columns
             of U and W span the specified pair of left and right eigenspaces
             (deflating subspaces) of (A, B).

             If (A, B) has been obtained from the generalized real Schur
             decomposition of a matrix pair (C, D) = Q*(A, B)*Z**T, then the
             reordered generalized real Schur form of (C, D) is given by

                      (C, D) = (Q*U)*(U**T*(A, B)*W)*(Z*W)**T,

             and the first n1 columns of Q*U and Z*W span the corresponding
             deflating subspaces of (C, D) (Q and Z store Q*U and Z*W, resp.).

             Note that if the selected eigenvalue is sufficiently ill-conditioned,
             then its value may differ significantly from its value before
             reordering.

             The reciprocal condition numbers of the left and right eigenspaces
             spanned by the first n1 columns of U and W (or Q*U and Z*W) may
             be returned in DIF(1:2), corresponding to Difu and Difl, resp.

             The Difu and Difl are defined as:

                  Difu[(A11, B11), (A22, B22)] = sigma-min( Zu )
             and
                  Difl[(A11, B11), (A22, B22)] = Difu[(A22, B22), (A11, B11)],

             where sigma-min(Zu) is the smallest singular value of the
             (2*n1*n2)-by-(2*n1*n2) matrix

                  Zu = [ kron(In2, A11)  -kron(A22**T, In1) ]
                       [ kron(In2, B11)  -kron(B22**T, In1) ].

             Here, Inx is the identity matrix of size nx and A22**T is the
             transpose of A22. kron(X, Y) is the Kronecker product between
             the matrices X and Y.

             When DIF(2) is small, small changes in (A, B) can cause large changes
             in the deflating subspace. An approximate (asymptotic) bound on the
             maximum angular error in the computed deflating subspaces is

                  EPS * norm((A, B)) / DIF(2),

             where EPS is the machine precision.

             The reciprocal norm of the projectors on the left and right
             eigenspaces associated with (A11, B11) may be returned in PL and PR.
             They are computed as follows. First we compute L and R so that
             P*(A, B)*Q is block diagonal, where

                  P = ( I -L ) n1           Q = ( I R ) n1
                      ( 0  I ) n2    and        ( 0 I ) n2
                        n1 n2                    n1 n2

             and (L, R) is the solution to the generalized Sylvester equation

                  A11*R - L*A22 = -A12
                  B11*R - L*B22 = -B12

             Then PL = (F-norm(L)**2+1)**(-1/2) and PR = (F-norm(R)**2+1)**(-1/2).
             An approximate (asymptotic) bound on the average absolute error of
             the selected eigenvalues is

                  EPS * norm((A, B)) / PL.

             There are also global error bounds which valid for perturbations up
             to a certain restriction:  A lower bound (x) on the smallest
             F-norm(E,F) for which an eigenvalue of (A11, B11) may move and
             coalesce with an eigenvalue of (A22, B22) under perturbation (E,F),
             (i.e. (A + E, B + F), is

              x = min(Difu,Difl)/((1/(PL*PL)+1/(PR*PR))**(1/2)+2*max(1/PL,1/PR)).

             An approximate bound on x can be computed from DIF(1:2), PL and PR.

             If y = ( F-norm(E,F) / x) <= 1, the angles between the perturbed
             (L', R') and unperturbed (L, R) left and right deflating subspaces
             associated with the selected cluster in the (1,1)-blocks can be
             bounded as

              max-angle(L, L') <= arctan( y * PL / (1 - y * (1 - PL * PL)**(1/2))
              max-angle(R, R') <= arctan( y * PR / (1 - y * (1 - PR * PR)**(1/2))

             See LAPACK User's Guide section 4.11 or the following references
             for more information.

             Note that if the default method for computing the Frobenius-norm-
             based estimate DIF is not wanted (see DLATDF), then the parameter
             IDIFJB (see below) should be changed from 3 to 4 (routine DLATDF
             (IJOB = 2 will be used)). See DTGSYL for more details.

       Contributors:
           Bo Kagstrom and Peter Poromaa, Department of Computing Science, Umea University, S-901
           87 Umea, Sweden.

       References:

             [1] B. Kagstrom; A Direct Method for Reordering Eigenvalues in the
                 Generalized Real Schur Form of a Regular Matrix Pair (A, B), in
                 M.S. Moonen et al (eds), Linear Algebra for Large Scale and
                 Real-Time Applications, Kluwer Academic Publ. 1993, pp 195-218.

             [2] B. Kagstrom and P. Poromaa; Computing Eigenspaces with Specified
                 Eigenvalues of a Regular Matrix Pair (A, B) and Condition
                 Estimation: Theory, Algorithms and Software,
                 Report UMINF - 94.04, Department of Computing Science, Umea
                 University, S-901 87 Umea, Sweden, 1994. Also as LAPACK Working
                 Note 87. To appear in Numerical Algorithms, 1996.

             [3] B. Kagstrom and P. Poromaa, LAPACK-Style Algorithms and Software
                 for Solving the Generalized Sylvester Equation and Estimating the
                 Separation between Regular Matrix Pairs, Report UMINF - 93.23,
                 Department of Computing Science, Umea University, S-901 87 Umea,
                 Sweden, December 1993, Revised April 1994, Also as LAPACK Working
                 Note 75. To appear in ACM Trans. on Math. Software, Vol 22, No 1,
                 1996.

   subroutine dtgsja (character JOBU, character JOBV, character JOBQ, integer M, integer P,
       integer N, integer K, integer L, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA,
       double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision TOLA, double
       precision TOLB, double precision, dimension( * ) ALPHA, double precision, dimension( * )
       BETA, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension(
       ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, double
       precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer NCYCLE, integer INFO)
       DTGSJA

       Purpose:

            DTGSJA computes the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD)
            of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B.

            On entry, it is assumed that matrices A and B have the following
            forms, which may be obtained by the preprocessing subroutine DGGSVP
            from a general M-by-N matrix A and P-by-N matrix B:

                         N-K-L  K    L
               A =    K ( 0    A12  A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0;
                      L ( 0     0   A23 )
                  M-K-L ( 0     0    0  )

                       N-K-L  K    L
               A =  K ( 0    A12  A13 ) if M-K-L < 0;
                  M-K ( 0     0   A23 )

                       N-K-L  K    L
               B =  L ( 0     0   B13 )
                  P-L ( 0     0    0  )

            where the K-by-K matrix A12 and L-by-L matrix B13 are nonsingular
            upper triangular; A23 is L-by-L upper triangular if M-K-L >= 0,
            otherwise A23 is (M-K)-by-L upper trapezoidal.

            On exit,

                   U**T *A*Q = D1*( 0 R ),    V**T *B*Q = D2*( 0 R ),

            where U, V and Q are orthogonal matrices.
            R is a nonsingular upper triangular matrix, and D1 and D2 are
            ``diagonal'' matrices, which are of the following structures:

            If M-K-L >= 0,

                                K  L
                   D1 =     K ( I  0 )
                            L ( 0  C )
                        M-K-L ( 0  0 )

                              K  L
                   D2 = L   ( 0  S )
                        P-L ( 0  0 )

                           N-K-L  K    L
              ( 0 R ) = K (  0   R11  R12 ) K
                        L (  0    0   R22 ) L

            where

              C = diag( ALPHA(K+1), ... , ALPHA(K+L) ),
              S = diag( BETA(K+1),  ... , BETA(K+L) ),
              C**2 + S**2 = I.

              R is stored in A(1:K+L,N-K-L+1:N) on exit.

            If M-K-L < 0,

                           K M-K K+L-M
                D1 =   K ( I  0    0   )
                     M-K ( 0  C    0   )

                             K M-K K+L-M
                D2 =   M-K ( 0  S    0   )
                     K+L-M ( 0  0    I   )
                       P-L ( 0  0    0   )

                           N-K-L  K   M-K  K+L-M
            ( 0 R ) =    K ( 0    R11  R12  R13  )
                      M-K ( 0     0   R22  R23  )
                    K+L-M ( 0     0    0   R33  )

            where
            C = diag( ALPHA(K+1), ... , ALPHA(M) ),
            S = diag( BETA(K+1),  ... , BETA(M) ),
            C**2 + S**2 = I.

            R = ( R11 R12 R13 ) is stored in A(1:M, N-K-L+1:N) and R33 is stored
                (  0  R22 R23 )
            in B(M-K+1:L,N+M-K-L+1:N) on exit.

            The computation of the orthogonal transformation matrices U, V or Q
            is optional.  These matrices may either be formed explicitly, or they
            may be postmultiplied into input matrices U1, V1, or Q1.

       Parameters
           JOBU

                     JOBU is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  U must contain an orthogonal matrix U1 on entry, and
                             the product U1*U is returned;
                     = 'I':  U is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                             orthogonal matrix U is returned;
                     = 'N':  U is not computed.

           JOBV

                     JOBV is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'V':  V must contain an orthogonal matrix V1 on entry, and
                             the product V1*V is returned;
                     = 'I':  V is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                             orthogonal matrix V is returned;
                     = 'N':  V is not computed.

           JOBQ

                     JOBQ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'Q':  Q must contain an orthogonal matrix Q1 on entry, and
                             the product Q1*Q is returned;
                     = 'I':  Q is initialized to the unit matrix, and the
                             orthogonal matrix Q is returned;
                     = 'N':  Q is not computed.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           P

                     P is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B.  P >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrices A and B.  N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER

           L

                     L is INTEGER

                     K and L specify the subblocks in the input matrices A and B:
                     A23 = A(K+1:MIN(K+L,M),N-L+1:N) and B13 = B(1:L,N-L+1:N)
                     of A and B, whose GSVD is going to be computed by DTGSJA.
                     See Further Details.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix A.
                     On exit, A(N-K+1:N,1:MIN(K+L,M) ) contains the triangular
                     matrix R or part of R.  See Purpose for details.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the P-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, if necessary, B(M-K+1:L,N+M-K-L+1:N) contains
                     a part of R.  See Purpose for details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,P).

           TOLA

                     TOLA is DOUBLE PRECISION

           TOLB

                     TOLB is DOUBLE PRECISION

                     TOLA and TOLB are the convergence criteria for the Jacobi-
                     Kogbetliantz iteration procedure. Generally, they are the
                     same as used in the preprocessing step, say
                         TOLA = max(M,N)*norm(A)*MAZHEPS,
                         TOLB = max(P,N)*norm(B)*MAZHEPS.

           ALPHA

                     ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           BETA

                     BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

                     On exit, ALPHA and BETA contain the generalized singular
                     value pairs of A and B;
                       ALPHA(1:K) = 1,
                       BETA(1:K)  = 0,
                     and if M-K-L >= 0,
                       ALPHA(K+1:K+L) = diag(C),
                       BETA(K+1:K+L)  = diag(S),
                     or if M-K-L < 0,
                       ALPHA(K+1:M)= C, ALPHA(M+1:K+L)= 0
                       BETA(K+1:M) = S, BETA(M+1:K+L) = 1.
                     Furthermore, if K+L < N,
                       ALPHA(K+L+1:N) = 0 and
                       BETA(K+L+1:N)  = 0.

           U

                     U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,M)
                     On entry, if JOBU = 'U', U must contain a matrix U1 (usually
                     the orthogonal matrix returned by DGGSVP).
                     On exit,
                     if JOBU = 'I', U contains the orthogonal matrix U;
                     if JOBU = 'U', U contains the product U1*U.
                     If JOBU = 'N', U is not referenced.

           LDU

                     LDU is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= max(1,M) if
                     JOBU = 'U'; LDU >= 1 otherwise.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,P)
                     On entry, if JOBV = 'V', V must contain a matrix V1 (usually
                     the orthogonal matrix returned by DGGSVP).
                     On exit,
                     if JOBV = 'I', V contains the orthogonal matrix V;
                     if JOBV = 'V', V contains the product V1*V.
                     If JOBV = 'N', V is not referenced.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= max(1,P) if
                     JOBV = 'V'; LDV >= 1 otherwise.

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     On entry, if JOBQ = 'Q', Q must contain a matrix Q1 (usually
                     the orthogonal matrix returned by DGGSVP).
                     On exit,
                     if JOBQ = 'I', Q contains the orthogonal matrix Q;
                     if JOBQ = 'Q', Q contains the product Q1*Q.
                     If JOBQ = 'N', Q is not referenced.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N) if
                     JOBQ = 'Q'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)

           NCYCLE

                     NCYCLE is INTEGER
                     The number of cycles required for convergence.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
                     = 1:  the procedure does not converge after MAXIT cycles.

         Internal Parameters
         ===================

         MAXIT   INTEGER
                 MAXIT specifies the total loops that the iterative procedure
                 may take. If after MAXIT cycles, the routine fails to
                 converge, we return INFO = 1..fi

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             DTGSJA essentially uses a variant of Kogbetliantz algorithm to reduce
             min(L,M-K)-by-L triangular (or trapezoidal) matrix A23 and L-by-L
             matrix B13 to the form:

                      U1**T *A13*Q1 = C1*R1; V1**T *B13*Q1 = S1*R1,

             where U1, V1 and Q1 are orthogonal matrix, and Z**T is the transpose
             of Z.  C1 and S1 are diagonal matrices satisfying

                           C1**2 + S1**2 = I,

             and R1 is an L-by-L nonsingular upper triangular matrix.

   subroutine dtgsna (character JOB, character HOWMNY, logical, dimension( * ) SELECT, integer N,
       double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, *
       ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldvl, * ) VL, integer LDVL, double
       precision, dimension( ldvr, * ) VR, integer LDVR, double precision, dimension( * ) S,
       double precision, dimension( * ) DIF, integer MM, integer M, double precision, dimension(
       * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTGSNA

       Purpose:

            DTGSNA estimates reciprocal condition numbers for specified
            eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in
            generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair
            (Q*A*Z**T, Q*B*Z**T) with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where
            Z**T denotes the transpose of Z.

            (A, B) must be in generalized real Schur form (as returned by DGGES),
            i.e. A is block upper triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal
            blocks. B is upper triangular.

       Parameters
           JOB

                     JOB is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether condition numbers are required for
                     eigenvalues (S) or eigenvectors (DIF):
                     = 'E': for eigenvalues only (S);
                     = 'V': for eigenvectors only (DIF);
                     = 'B': for both eigenvalues and eigenvectors (S and DIF).

           HOWMNY

                     HOWMNY is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'A': compute condition numbers for all eigenpairs;
                     = 'S': compute condition numbers for selected eigenpairs
                            specified by the array SELECT.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     If HOWMNY = 'S', SELECT specifies the eigenpairs for which
                     condition numbers are required. To select condition numbers
                     for the eigenpair corresponding to a real eigenvalue w(j),
                     SELECT(j) must be set to .TRUE.. To select condition numbers
                     corresponding to a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues w(j)
                     and w(j+1), either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) or both, must be
                     set to .TRUE..
                     If HOWMNY = 'A', SELECT is not referenced.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the square matrix pair (A, B). N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     The upper quasi-triangular matrix A in the pair (A,B).

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     The upper triangular matrix B in the pair (A,B).

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N).

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,M)
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', VL must contain left eigenvectors of
                     (A, B), corresponding to the eigenpairs specified by HOWMNY
                     and SELECT. The eigenvectors must be stored in consecutive
                     columns of VL, as returned by DTGEVC.
                     If JOB = 'V', VL is not referenced.

           LDVL

                     LDVL is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VL. LDVL >= 1.
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', LDVL >= N.

           VR

                     VR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,M)
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', VR must contain right eigenvectors of
                     (A, B), corresponding to the eigenpairs specified by HOWMNY
                     and SELECT. The eigenvectors must be stored in consecutive
                     columns ov VR, as returned by DTGEVC.
                     If JOB = 'V', VR is not referenced.

           LDVR

                     LDVR is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VR. LDVR >= 1.
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', LDVR >= N.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MM)
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', the reciprocal condition numbers of the
                     selected eigenvalues, stored in consecutive elements of the
                     array. For a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues two
                     consecutive elements of S are set to the same value. Thus
                     S(j), DIF(j), and the j-th columns of VL and VR all
                     correspond to the same eigenpair (but not in general the
                     j-th eigenpair, unless all eigenpairs are selected).
                     If JOB = 'V', S is not referenced.

           DIF

                     DIF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MM)
                     If JOB = 'V' or 'B', the estimated reciprocal condition
                     numbers of the selected eigenvectors, stored in consecutive
                     elements of the array. For a complex eigenvector two
                     consecutive elements of DIF are set to the same value. If
                     the eigenvalues cannot be reordered to compute DIF(j), DIF(j)
                     is set to 0; this can only occur when the true value would be
                     very small anyway.
                     If JOB = 'E', DIF is not referenced.

           MM

                     MM is INTEGER
                     The number of elements in the arrays S and DIF. MM >= M.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of elements of the arrays S and DIF used to store
                     the specified condition numbers; for each selected real
                     eigenvalue one element is used, and for each selected complex
                     conjugate pair of eigenvalues, two elements are used.
                     If HOWMNY = 'A', M is set to N.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N).
                     If JOB = 'V' or 'B' LWORK >= 2*N*(N+2)+16.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N + 6)
                     If JOB = 'E', IWORK is not referenced.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     =0: Successful exit
                     <0: If INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The reciprocal of the condition number of a generalized eigenvalue
             w = (a, b) is defined as

                  S(w) = (|u**TAv|**2 + |u**TBv|**2)**(1/2) / (norm(u)*norm(v))

             where u and v are the left and right eigenvectors of (A, B)
             corresponding to w; |z| denotes the absolute value of the complex
             number, and norm(u) denotes the 2-norm of the vector u.
             The pair (a, b) corresponds to an eigenvalue w = a/b (= u**TAv/u**TBv)
             of the matrix pair (A, B). If both a and b equal zero, then (A B) is
             singular and S(I) = -1 is returned.

             An approximate error bound on the chordal distance between the i-th
             computed generalized eigenvalue w and the corresponding exact
             eigenvalue lambda is

                  chord(w, lambda) <= EPS * norm(A, B) / S(I)

             where EPS is the machine precision.

             The reciprocal of the condition number DIF(i) of right eigenvector u
             and left eigenvector v corresponding to the generalized eigenvalue w
             is defined as follows:

             a) If the i-th eigenvalue w = (a,b) is real

                Suppose U and V are orthogonal transformations such that

                         U**T*(A, B)*V  = (S, T) = ( a   *  ) ( b  *  )  1
                                                   ( 0  S22 ),( 0 T22 )  n-1
                                                     1  n-1     1 n-1

                Then the reciprocal condition number DIF(i) is

                           Difl((a, b), (S22, T22)) = sigma-min( Zl ),

                where sigma-min(Zl) denotes the smallest singular value of the
                2(n-1)-by-2(n-1) matrix

                    Zl = [ kron(a, In-1)  -kron(1, S22) ]
                         [ kron(b, In-1)  -kron(1, T22) ] .

                Here In-1 is the identity matrix of size n-1. kron(X, Y) is the
                Kronecker product between the matrices X and Y.

                Note that if the default method for computing DIF(i) is wanted
                (see DLATDF), then the parameter DIFDRI (see below) should be
                changed from 3 to 4 (routine DLATDF(IJOB = 2 will be used)).
                See DTGSYL for more details.

             b) If the i-th and (i+1)-th eigenvalues are complex conjugate pair,

                Suppose U and V are orthogonal transformations such that

                         U**T*(A, B)*V = (S, T) = ( S11  *   ) ( T11  *  )  2
                                                  ( 0    S22 ),( 0    T22) n-2
                                                    2    n-2     2    n-2

                and (S11, T11) corresponds to the complex conjugate eigenvalue
                pair (w, conjg(w)). There exist unitary matrices U1 and V1 such
                that

                  U1**T*S11*V1 = ( s11 s12 ) and U1**T*T11*V1 = ( t11 t12 )
                                 (  0  s22 )                    (  0  t22 )

                where the generalized eigenvalues w = s11/t11 and
                conjg(w) = s22/t22.

                Then the reciprocal condition number DIF(i) is bounded by

                    min( d1, max( 1, |real(s11)/real(s22)| )*d2 )

                where, d1 = Difl((s11, t11), (s22, t22)) = sigma-min(Z1), where
                Z1 is the complex 2-by-2 matrix

                         Z1 =  [ s11  -s22 ]
                               [ t11  -t22 ],

                This is done by computing (using real arithmetic) the
                roots of the characteristical polynomial det(Z1**T * Z1 - lambda I),
                where Z1**T denotes the transpose of Z1 and det(X) denotes
                the determinant of X.

                and d2 is an upper bound on Difl((S11, T11), (S22, T22)), i.e. an
                upper bound on sigma-min(Z2), where Z2 is (2n-2)-by-(2n-2)

                         Z2 = [ kron(S11**T, In-2)  -kron(I2, S22) ]
                              [ kron(T11**T, In-2)  -kron(I2, T22) ]

                Note that if the default method for computing DIF is wanted (see
                DLATDF), then the parameter DIFDRI (see below) should be changed
                from 3 to 4 (routine DLATDF(IJOB = 2 will be used)). See DTGSYL
                for more details.

             For each eigenvalue/vector specified by SELECT, DIF stores a
             Frobenius norm-based estimate of Difl.

             An approximate error bound for the i-th computed eigenvector VL(i) or
             VR(i) is given by

                        EPS * norm(A, B) / DIF(i).

             See ref. [2-3] for more details and further references.

       Contributors:
           Bo Kagstrom and Peter Poromaa, Department of Computing Science, Umea University, S-901
           87 Umea, Sweden.

       References:

             [1] B. Kagstrom; A Direct Method for Reordering Eigenvalues in the
                 Generalized Real Schur Form of a Regular Matrix Pair (A, B), in
                 M.S. Moonen et al (eds), Linear Algebra for Large Scale and
                 Real-Time Applications, Kluwer Academic Publ. 1993, pp 195-218.

             [2] B. Kagstrom and P. Poromaa; Computing Eigenspaces with Specified
                 Eigenvalues of a Regular Matrix Pair (A, B) and Condition
                 Estimation: Theory, Algorithms and Software,
                 Report UMINF - 94.04, Department of Computing Science, Umea
                 University, S-901 87 Umea, Sweden, 1994. Also as LAPACK Working
                 Note 87. To appear in Numerical Algorithms, 1996.

             [3] B. Kagstrom and P. Poromaa, LAPACK-Style Algorithms and Software
                 for Solving the Generalized Sylvester Equation and Estimating the
                 Separation between Regular Matrix Pairs, Report UMINF - 93.23,
                 Department of Computing Science, Umea University, S-901 87 Umea,
                 Sweden, December 1993, Revised April 1994, Also as LAPACK Working
                 Note 75.  To appear in ACM Trans. on Math. Software, Vol 22,
                 No 1, 1996.

   subroutine dtpcon (character NORM, character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, double
       precision, dimension( * ) AP, double precision RCOND, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTPCON

       Purpose:

            DTPCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed
            triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm.

            The norm of A is computed and an estimate is obtained for
            norm(inv(A)), then the reciprocal of the condition number is
            computed as
               RCOND = 1 / ( norm(A) * norm(inv(A)) ).

       Parameters
           NORM

                     NORM is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the 1-norm condition number or the
                     infinity-norm condition number is required:
                     = '1' or 'O':  1-norm;
                     = 'I':         Infinity-norm.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed columnwise in
                     a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored in the array
                     AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.
                     If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are not referenced
                     and are assumed to be 1.

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A,
                     computed as RCOND = 1/(norm(A) * norm(inv(A))).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtplqt (integer M, integer N, integer L, integer MB, double precision, dimension(
       lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double
       precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DTPLQT

       Purpose:

            DTPLQT computes a blocked LQ factorization of a real
            'triangular-pentagonal' matrix C, which is composed of a
            triangular block A and pentagonal block B, using the compact
            WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B, and the order of the
                     triangular matrix A.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size to be used in the blocked QR.  M >= MB >= 1.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The lower triangular block reflectors stored in compact form
                     as a sequence of upper triangular blocks.  See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MB*M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ] [ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 on left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:
                     [ B ] = [ B1 ] [ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             M-by-M lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C
                       [ C ] = [ A ] [ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as
                       [ W ] = [ I ] [ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,
                       [ V ] = [ V1 ] [ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.

             The number of blocks is B = ceiling(M/MB), where each
             block is of order MB except for the last block, which is of order
             IB = M - (M-1)*MB.  For each of the B blocks, a upper triangular block
             reflector factor is computed: T1, T2, ..., TB.  The MB-by-MB (and IB-by-IB
             for the last block) T's are stored in the MB-by-N matrix T as

                          T = [T1 T2 ... TB].

   subroutine dtplqt2 (integer M, integer N, integer L, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision,
       dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, integer INFO)
       DTPLQT2 computes a LQ factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal' matrix,
       which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the compact WY
       representation for Q.

       Purpose:

            DTPLQT2 computes a LQ a factorization of a real 'triangular-pentagonal'
            matrix C, which is composed of a triangular block A and pentagonal block B,
            using the compact WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of rows of the matrix B.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B, and the order of
                     the triangular matrix A.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,M)
                     The N-by-N upper triangular factor T of the block reflector.
                     See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= max(1,M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ][ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:

                          B = [ B1 ][ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             N-by-N lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C

                          C = [ A ][ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as

                          W = [ I ][ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,

                          W = [ V1 ][ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.
             The (M+N)-by-(M+N) block reflector H is then given by

                          H = I - W**T * T * W

             where W^H is the conjugate transpose of W and T is the upper triangular
             factor of the block reflector.

   subroutine dtpmlqt (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, integer MB, double precision, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, double precision,
       dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA,
       double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer INFO)
       DTPMLQT

       Purpose:

            DTPMQRT applies a real orthogonal matrix Q obtained from a
            'triangular-pentagonal' real block reflector H to a general
            real matrix C, which consists of two blocks A and B.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The order of the trapezoidal part of V.
                     K >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size used for the storage of T.  K >= MB >= 1.
                     This must be the same value of MB used to generate T
                     in DTPLQT.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,K)
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     DTPLQT in B.  See Further Details.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= K.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The upper triangular factors of the block reflectors
                     as returned by DTPLQT, stored as a MB-by-K matrix.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                     (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'L' or
                     (LDA,K) if SIDE = 'R'
                     On entry, the K-by-N or M-by-K matrix A.
                     On exit, A is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q or C*Q**T.  See Further Details.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,K);
                     If SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, B is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q or C*Q**T.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.
                     LDB >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array. The dimension of WORK is
                      N*MB if SIDE = 'L', or  M*MB if SIDE = 'R'.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The columns of the pentagonal matrix V contain the elementary reflectors
             H(1), H(2), ..., H(K); V is composed of a rectangular block V1 and a
             trapezoidal block V2:

                   V = [V1] [V2].

             The size of the trapezoidal block V2 is determined by the parameter L,
             where 0 <= L <= K; V2 is lower trapezoidal, consisting of the first L
             rows of a K-by-K upper triangular matrix.  If L=K, V2 is lower triangular;
             if L=0, there is no trapezoidal block, hence V = V1 is rectangular.

             If SIDE = 'L':  C = [A]  where A is K-by-N,  B is M-by-N and V is K-by-M.
                                 [B]

             If SIDE = 'R':  C = [A B]  where A is M-by-K, B is M-by-N and V is K-by-N.

             The real orthogonal matrix Q is formed from V and T.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q * C.

             If TRANS='T' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q**T * C.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q.

             If TRANS='T' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q**T.

   subroutine dtpmqrt (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, integer NB, double precision, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, double precision,
       dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA,
       double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer INFO)
       DTPMQRT

       Purpose:

            DTPMQRT applies a real orthogonal matrix Q obtained from a
            'triangular-pentagonal' real block reflector H to a general
            real matrix C, which consists of two blocks A and B.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The order of the trapezoidal part of V.
                     K >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           NB

                     NB is INTEGER
                     The block size used for the storage of T.  K >= NB >= 1.
                     This must be the same value of NB used to generate T
                     in CTPQRT.

           V

                     V is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,K)
                     The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     CTPQRT in B.  See Further Details.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDV >= max(1,M);
                     if SIDE = 'R', LDV >= max(1,N).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The upper triangular factors of the block reflectors
                     as returned by CTPQRT, stored as a NB-by-K matrix.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= NB.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                     (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'L' or
                     (LDA,K) if SIDE = 'R'
                     On entry, the K-by-N or M-by-K matrix A.
                     On exit, A is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q or C*Q**T.  See Further Details.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDC >= max(1,K);
                     If SIDE = 'R', LDC >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, B is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q or C*Q**T.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.
                     LDB >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array. The dimension of WORK is
                      N*NB if SIDE = 'L', or  M*NB if SIDE = 'R'.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The columns of the pentagonal matrix V contain the elementary reflectors
             H(1), H(2), ..., H(K); V is composed of a rectangular block V1 and a
             trapezoidal block V2:

                   V = [V1]
                       [V2].

             The size of the trapezoidal block V2 is determined by the parameter L,
             where 0 <= L <= K; V2 is upper trapezoidal, consisting of the first L
             rows of a K-by-K upper triangular matrix.  If L=K, V2 is upper triangular;
             if L=0, there is no trapezoidal block, hence V = V1 is rectangular.

             If SIDE = 'L':  C = [A]  where A is K-by-N,  B is M-by-N and V is M-by-K.
                                 [B]

             If SIDE = 'R':  C = [A B]  where A is M-by-K, B is M-by-N and V is N-by-K.

             The real orthogonal matrix Q is formed from V and T.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q * C.

             If TRANS='T' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q**T * C.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q.

             If TRANS='T' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q**T.

   subroutine dtpqrt (integer M, integer N, integer L, integer NB, double precision, dimension(
       lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double
       precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer INFO)
       DTPQRT

       Purpose:

            DTPQRT computes a blocked QR factorization of a real
            'triangular-pentagonal' matrix C, which is composed of a
            triangular block A and pentagonal block B, using the compact
            WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B, and the order of the
                     triangular matrix A.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the upper trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           NB

                     NB is INTEGER
                     The block size to be used in the blocked QR.  N >= NB >= 1.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the upper triangular N-by-N matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array
                     contain the upper triangular matrix R.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first M-L rows
                     are rectangular, and the last L rows are upper trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The upper triangular block reflectors stored in compact form
                     as a sequence of upper triangular blocks.  See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= NB.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NB*N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a (N+M)-by-N matrix

                          C = [ A ]
                              [ B ]

             where A is an upper triangular N-by-N matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a (M-L)-by-N rectangular matrix B1 on top of a L-by-N
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:

                          B = [ B1 ]  <- (M-L)-by-N rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     L-by-N upper trapezoidal.

             The upper trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L rows of a
             N-by-N upper triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is upper triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th column
             below the diagonal (of A) in the (N+M)-by-N input matrix C

                          C = [ A ]  <- upper triangular N-by-N
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as

                          W = [ I ]  <- identity, N-by-N
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,

                          V = [ V1 ] <- (M-L)-by-N rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     L-by-N upper trapezoidal.

             The columns of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.

             The number of blocks is B = ceiling(N/NB), where each
             block is of order NB except for the last block, which is of order
             IB = N - (B-1)*NB.  For each of the B blocks, a upper triangular block
             reflector factor is computed: T1, T2, ..., TB.  The NB-by-NB (and IB-by-IB
             for the last block) T's are stored in the NB-by-N matrix T as

                          T = [T1 T2 ... TB].

   subroutine dtpqrt2 (integer M, integer N, integer L, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, double precision,
       dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, integer INFO)
       DTPQRT2 computes a QR factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal' matrix,
       which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the compact WY
       representation for Q.

       Purpose:

            DTPQRT2 computes a QR factorization of a real 'triangular-pentagonal'
            matrix C, which is composed of a triangular block A and pentagonal block B,
            using the compact WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of rows of the matrix B.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B, and the order of
                     the triangular matrix A.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the upper trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the upper triangular N-by-N matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array
                     contain the upper triangular matrix R.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first M-L rows
                     are rectangular, and the last L rows are upper trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The N-by-N upper triangular factor T of the block reflector.
                     See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= max(1,N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a (N+M)-by-N matrix

                          C = [ A ]
                              [ B ]

             where A is an upper triangular N-by-N matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a (M-L)-by-N rectangular matrix B1 on top of a L-by-N
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:

                          B = [ B1 ]  <- (M-L)-by-N rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     L-by-N upper trapezoidal.

             The upper trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L rows of a
             N-by-N upper triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is upper triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th column
             below the diagonal (of A) in the (N+M)-by-N input matrix C

                          C = [ A ]  <- upper triangular N-by-N
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as

                          W = [ I ]  <- identity, N-by-N
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,

                          V = [ V1 ] <- (M-L)-by-N rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     L-by-N upper trapezoidal.

             The columns of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.
             The (M+N)-by-(M+N) block reflector H is then given by

                          H = I - W * T * W**T

             where W^H is the conjugate transpose of W and T is the upper triangular
             factor of the block reflector.

   subroutine dtprfs (character UPLO, character TRANS, character DIAG, integer N, integer NRHS,
       double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB,
       double precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX, double precision, dimension( * )
       FERR, double precision, dimension( * ) BERR, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK,
       integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTPRFS

       Purpose:

            DTPRFS provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the
            solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed
            coefficient matrix.

            The solution matrix X must be computed by DTPTRS or some other
            means before entering this routine.  DTPRFS does not do iterative
            refinement because doing so cannot improve the backward error.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the form of the system of equations:
                     = 'N':  A * X = B  (No transpose)
                     = 'T':  A**T * X = B  (Transpose)
                     = 'C':  A**H * X = B  (Conjugate transpose = Transpose)

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrices B and X.  NRHS >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed columnwise in
                     a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored in the array
                     AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.
                     If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are not referenced
                     and are assumed to be 1.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     The right hand side matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS)
                     The solution matrix X.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.  LDX >= max(1,N).

           FERR

                     FERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector
                     X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X).
                     If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j)
                     is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest
                     element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the
                     largest element in X(j).  The estimate is as reliable as
                     the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight
                     overestimate of the true error.

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The componentwise relative backward error of each solution
                     vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in
                     any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtptri (character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, double precision, dimension( * )
       AP, integer INFO)
       DTPTRI

       Purpose:

            DTPTRI computes the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular
            matrix A stored in packed format.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangular matrix A, stored
                     columnwise in a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*((2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.
                     See below for further details.
                     On exit, the (triangular) inverse of the original matrix, in
                     the same packed storage format.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, A(i,i) is exactly zero.  The triangular
                           matrix is singular and its inverse can not be computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             A triangular matrix A can be transferred to packed storage using one
             of the following program segments:

             UPLO = 'U':                      UPLO = 'L':

                   JC = 1                           JC = 1
                   DO 2 J = 1, N                    DO 2 J = 1, N
                      DO 1 I = 1, J                    DO 1 I = J, N
                         AP(JC+I-1) = A(I,J)              AP(JC+I-J) = A(I,J)
                 1    CONTINUE                    1    CONTINUE
                      JC = JC + J                      JC = JC + N - J + 1
                 2 CONTINUE                       2 CONTINUE

   subroutine dtptrs (character UPLO, character TRANS, character DIAG, integer N, integer NRHS,
       double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB,
       integer INFO)
       DTPTRS

       Purpose:

            DTPTRS solves a triangular system of the form

               A * X = B  or  A**T * X = B,

            where A is a triangular matrix of order N stored in packed format,
            and B is an N-by-NRHS matrix.  A check is made to verify that A is
            nonsingular.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the form of the system of equations:
                     = 'N':  A * X = B  (No transpose)
                     = 'T':  A**T * X = B  (Transpose)
                     = 'C':  A**H * X = B  (Conjugate transpose = Transpose)

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     The upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed columnwise in
                     a linear array.  The j-th column of A is stored in the array
                     AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0:  if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element of A is zero,
                           indicating that the matrix is singular and the
                           solutions X have not been computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtpttf (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       0: * ) AP, double precision, dimension( 0: * ) ARF, integer INFO)
       DTPTTF copies a triangular matrix from the standard packed format (TP) to the rectangular
       full packed format (TF).

       Purpose:

            DTPTTF copies a triangular matrix A from standard packed format (TP)
            to rectangular full packed format (TF).

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  ARF in Normal format is wanted;
                     = 'T':  ARF in Conjugate-transpose format is wanted.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 ),
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           ARF

                     ARF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 ),
                     On exit, the upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in
                     RFP format. For a further discussion see Notes below.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dtpttr (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)
       DTPTTR copies a triangular matrix from the standard packed format (TP) to the standard
       full format (TR).

       Purpose:

            DTPTTR copies a triangular matrix A from standard packed format (TP)
            to standard full format (TR).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular.
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A. N >= 0.

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N*(N+1)/2 ),
                     On entry, the upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDA, N )
                     On exit, the triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading
                     N-by-N upper triangular part of A contains the upper
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading N-by-N lower triangular part of A contains the lower
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrcon (character NORM, character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, double
       precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision RCOND, double precision,
       dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTRCON

       Purpose:

            DTRCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number of a
            triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm.

            The norm of A is computed and an estimate is obtained for
            norm(inv(A)), then the reciprocal of the condition number is
            computed as
               RCOND = 1 / ( norm(A) * norm(inv(A)) ).

       Parameters
           NORM

                     NORM is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the 1-norm condition number or the
                     infinity-norm condition number is required:
                     = '1' or 'O':  1-norm;
                     = 'I':         Infinity-norm.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     The triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading N-by-N
                     upper triangular part of the array A contains the upper
                     triangular matrix, and the strictly lower triangular part of
                     A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the leading N-by-N lower
                     triangular part of the array A contains the lower triangular
                     matrix, and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not
                     referenced.  If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are
                     also not referenced and are assumed to be 1.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           RCOND

                     RCOND is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A,
                     computed as RCOND = 1/(norm(A) * norm(inv(A))).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrevc (character SIDE, character HOWMNY, logical, dimension( * ) SELECT, integer
       N, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension(
       ldvl, * ) VL, integer LDVL, double precision, dimension( ldvr, * ) VR, integer LDVR,
       integer MM, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DTREVC

       Purpose:

            DTREVC computes some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of
            a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T.
            Matrices of this type are produced by the Schur factorization of
            a real general matrix:  A = Q*T*Q**T, as computed by DHSEQR.

            The right eigenvector x and the left eigenvector y of T corresponding
            to an eigenvalue w are defined by:

               T*x = w*x,     (y**H)*T = w*(y**H)

            where y**H denotes the conjugate transpose of y.
            The eigenvalues are not input to this routine, but are read directly
            from the diagonal blocks of T.

            This routine returns the matrices X and/or Y of right and left
            eigenvectors of T, or the products Q*X and/or Q*Y, where Q is an
            input matrix.  If Q is the orthogonal factor that reduces a matrix
            A to Schur form T, then Q*X and Q*Y are the matrices of right and
            left eigenvectors of A.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'R':  compute right eigenvectors only;
                     = 'L':  compute left eigenvectors only;
                     = 'B':  compute both right and left eigenvectors.

           HOWMNY

                     HOWMNY is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'A':  compute all right and/or left eigenvectors;
                     = 'B':  compute all right and/or left eigenvectors,
                             backtransformed by the matrices in VR and/or VL;
                     = 'S':  compute selected right and/or left eigenvectors,
                             as indicated by the logical array SELECT.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     If HOWMNY = 'S', SELECT specifies the eigenvectors to be
                     computed.
                     If w(j) is a real eigenvalue, the corresponding real
                     eigenvector is computed if SELECT(j) is .TRUE..
                     If w(j) and w(j+1) are the real and imaginary parts of a
                     complex eigenvalue, the corresponding complex eigenvector is
                     computed if either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) is .TRUE., and
                     on exit SELECT(j) is set to .TRUE. and SELECT(j+1) is set to
                     .FALSE..
                     Not referenced if HOWMNY = 'A' or 'B'.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix T. N >= 0.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The upper quasi-triangular matrix T in Schur canonical form.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= max(1,N).

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,MM)
                     On entry, if SIDE = 'L' or 'B' and HOWMNY = 'B', VL must
                     contain an N-by-N matrix Q (usually the orthogonal matrix Q
                     of Schur vectors returned by DHSEQR).
                     On exit, if SIDE = 'L' or 'B', VL contains:
                     if HOWMNY = 'A', the matrix Y of left eigenvectors of T;
                     if HOWMNY = 'B', the matrix Q*Y;
                     if HOWMNY = 'S', the left eigenvectors of T specified by
                                      SELECT, stored consecutively in the columns
                                      of VL, in the same order as their
                                      eigenvalues.
                     A complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue
                     is stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the
                     real part, and the second the imaginary part.
                     Not referenced if SIDE = 'R'.

           LDVL

                     LDVL is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VL.  LDVL >= 1, and if
                     SIDE = 'L' or 'B', LDVL >= N.

           VR

                     VR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,MM)
                     On entry, if SIDE = 'R' or 'B' and HOWMNY = 'B', VR must
                     contain an N-by-N matrix Q (usually the orthogonal matrix Q
                     of Schur vectors returned by DHSEQR).
                     On exit, if SIDE = 'R' or 'B', VR contains:
                     if HOWMNY = 'A', the matrix X of right eigenvectors of T;
                     if HOWMNY = 'B', the matrix Q*X;
                     if HOWMNY = 'S', the right eigenvectors of T specified by
                                      SELECT, stored consecutively in the columns
                                      of VR, in the same order as their
                                      eigenvalues.
                     A complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue
                     is stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the
                     real part and the second the imaginary part.
                     Not referenced if SIDE = 'L'.

           LDVR

                     LDVR is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VR.  LDVR >= 1, and if
                     SIDE = 'R' or 'B', LDVR >= N.

           MM

                     MM is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR. MM >= M.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR actually
                     used to store the eigenvectors.
                     If HOWMNY = 'A' or 'B', M is set to N.
                     Each selected real eigenvector occupies one column and each
                     selected complex eigenvector occupies two columns.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The algorithm used in this program is basically backward (forward)
             substitution, with scaling to make the the code robust against
             possible overflow.

             Each eigenvector is normalized so that the element of largest
             magnitude has magnitude 1; here the magnitude of a complex number
             (x,y) is taken to be |x| + |y|.

   subroutine dtrevc3 (character SIDE, character HOWMNY, logical, dimension( * ) SELECT, integer
       N, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension(
       ldvl, * ) VL, integer LDVL, double precision, dimension( ldvr, * ) VR, integer LDVR,
       integer MM, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer LWORK, integer INFO)
       DTREVC3

       Purpose:

            DTREVC3 computes some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of
            a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T.
            Matrices of this type are produced by the Schur factorization of
            a real general matrix:  A = Q*T*Q**T, as computed by DHSEQR.

            The right eigenvector x and the left eigenvector y of T corresponding
            to an eigenvalue w are defined by:

               T*x = w*x,     (y**T)*T = w*(y**T)

            where y**T denotes the transpose of the vector y.
            The eigenvalues are not input to this routine, but are read directly
            from the diagonal blocks of T.

            This routine returns the matrices X and/or Y of right and left
            eigenvectors of T, or the products Q*X and/or Q*Y, where Q is an
            input matrix. If Q is the orthogonal factor that reduces a matrix
            A to Schur form T, then Q*X and Q*Y are the matrices of right and
            left eigenvectors of A.

            This uses a Level 3 BLAS version of the back transformation.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'R':  compute right eigenvectors only;
                     = 'L':  compute left eigenvectors only;
                     = 'B':  compute both right and left eigenvectors.

           HOWMNY

                     HOWMNY is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'A':  compute all right and/or left eigenvectors;
                     = 'B':  compute all right and/or left eigenvectors,
                             backtransformed by the matrices in VR and/or VL;
                     = 'S':  compute selected right and/or left eigenvectors,
                             as indicated by the logical array SELECT.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     If HOWMNY = 'S', SELECT specifies the eigenvectors to be
                     computed.
                     If w(j) is a real eigenvalue, the corresponding real
                     eigenvector is computed if SELECT(j) is .TRUE..
                     If w(j) and w(j+1) are the real and imaginary parts of a
                     complex eigenvalue, the corresponding complex eigenvector is
                     computed if either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) is .TRUE., and
                     on exit SELECT(j) is set to .TRUE. and SELECT(j+1) is set to
                     .FALSE..
                     Not referenced if HOWMNY = 'A' or 'B'.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix T. N >= 0.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The upper quasi-triangular matrix T in Schur canonical form.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= max(1,N).

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,MM)
                     On entry, if SIDE = 'L' or 'B' and HOWMNY = 'B', VL must
                     contain an N-by-N matrix Q (usually the orthogonal matrix Q
                     of Schur vectors returned by DHSEQR).
                     On exit, if SIDE = 'L' or 'B', VL contains:
                     if HOWMNY = 'A', the matrix Y of left eigenvectors of T;
                     if HOWMNY = 'B', the matrix Q*Y;
                     if HOWMNY = 'S', the left eigenvectors of T specified by
                                      SELECT, stored consecutively in the columns
                                      of VL, in the same order as their
                                      eigenvalues.
                     A complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue
                     is stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the
                     real part, and the second the imaginary part.
                     Not referenced if SIDE = 'R'.

           LDVL

                     LDVL is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VL.
                     LDVL >= 1, and if SIDE = 'L' or 'B', LDVL >= N.

           VR

                     VR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,MM)
                     On entry, if SIDE = 'R' or 'B' and HOWMNY = 'B', VR must
                     contain an N-by-N matrix Q (usually the orthogonal matrix Q
                     of Schur vectors returned by DHSEQR).
                     On exit, if SIDE = 'R' or 'B', VR contains:
                     if HOWMNY = 'A', the matrix X of right eigenvectors of T;
                     if HOWMNY = 'B', the matrix Q*X;
                     if HOWMNY = 'S', the right eigenvectors of T specified by
                                      SELECT, stored consecutively in the columns
                                      of VR, in the same order as their
                                      eigenvalues.
                     A complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue
                     is stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the
                     real part and the second the imaginary part.
                     Not referenced if SIDE = 'L'.

           LDVR

                     LDVR is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VR.
                     LDVR >= 1, and if SIDE = 'R' or 'B', LDVR >= N.

           MM

                     MM is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR. MM >= M.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR actually
                     used to store the eigenvectors.
                     If HOWMNY = 'A' or 'B', M is set to N.
                     Each selected real eigenvector occupies one column and each
                     selected complex eigenvector occupies two columns.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,3*N).
                     For optimum performance, LWORK >= N + 2*N*NB, where NB is
                     the optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The algorithm used in this program is basically backward (forward)
             substitution, with scaling to make the the code robust against
             possible overflow.

             Each eigenvector is normalized so that the element of largest
             magnitude has magnitude 1; here the magnitude of a complex number
             (x,y) is taken to be |x| + |y|.

   subroutine dtrexc (character COMPQ, integer N, double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T,
       integer LDT, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, integer IFST, integer
       ILST, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       DTREXC

       Purpose:

            DTREXC reorders the real Schur factorization of a real matrix
            A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is
            moved to row ILST.

            The real Schur form T is reordered by an orthogonal similarity
            transformation Z**T*T*Z, and optionally the matrix Q of Schur vectors
            is updated by postmultiplying it with Z.

            T must be in Schur canonical form (as returned by DHSEQR), that is,
            block upper triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks; each
            2-by-2 diagonal block has its diagonal elements equal and its
            off-diagonal elements of opposite sign.

       Parameters
           COMPQ

                     COMPQ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'V':  update the matrix Q of Schur vectors;
                     = 'N':  do not update Q.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix T. N >= 0.
                     If N == 0 arguments ILST and IFST may be any value.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     On entry, the upper quasi-triangular matrix T, in Schur
                     Schur canonical form.
                     On exit, the reordered upper quasi-triangular matrix, again
                     in Schur canonical form.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= max(1,N).

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     On entry, if COMPQ = 'V', the matrix Q of Schur vectors.
                     On exit, if COMPQ = 'V', Q has been postmultiplied by the
                     orthogonal transformation matrix Z which reorders T.
                     If COMPQ = 'N', Q is not referenced.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q.  LDQ >= 1, and if
                     COMPQ = 'V', LDQ >= max(1,N).

           IFST

                     IFST is INTEGER

           ILST

                     ILST is INTEGER

                     Specify the reordering of the diagonal blocks of T.
                     The block with row index IFST is moved to row ILST, by a
                     sequence of transpositions between adjacent blocks.
                     On exit, if IFST pointed on entry to the second row of a
                     2-by-2 block, it is changed to point to the first row; ILST
                     always points to the first row of the block in its final
                     position (which may differ from its input value by +1 or -1).
                     1 <= IFST <= N; 1 <= ILST <= N.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     = 1:  two adjacent blocks were too close to swap (the problem
                           is very ill-conditioned); T may have been partially
                           reordered, and ILST points to the first row of the
                           current position of the block being moved.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrrfs (character UPLO, character TRANS, character DIAG, integer N, integer NRHS,
       double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, *
       ) B, integer LDB, double precision, dimension( ldx, * ) X, integer LDX, double precision,
       dimension( * ) FERR, double precision, dimension( * ) BERR, double precision, dimension( *
       ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTRRFS

       Purpose:

            DTRRFS provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the
            solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular
            coefficient matrix.

            The solution matrix X must be computed by DTRTRS or some other
            means before entering this routine.  DTRRFS does not do iterative
            refinement because doing so cannot improve the backward error.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the form of the system of equations:
                     = 'N':  A * X = B  (No transpose)
                     = 'T':  A**T * X = B  (Transpose)
                     = 'C':  A**H * X = B  (Conjugate transpose = Transpose)

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrices B and X.  NRHS >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     The triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading N-by-N
                     upper triangular part of the array A contains the upper
                     triangular matrix, and the strictly lower triangular part of
                     A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the leading N-by-N lower
                     triangular part of the array A contains the lower triangular
                     matrix, and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not
                     referenced.  If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are
                     also not referenced and are assumed to be 1.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     The right hand side matrix B.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           X

                     X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS)
                     The solution matrix X.

           LDX

                     LDX is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array X.  LDX >= max(1,N).

           FERR

                     FERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector
                     X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X).
                     If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j)
                     is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest
                     element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the
                     largest element in X(j).  The estimate is as reliable as
                     the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight
                     overestimate of the true error.

           BERR

                     BERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS)
                     The componentwise relative backward error of each solution
                     vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in
                     any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution).

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N)

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrsen (character JOB, character COMPQ, logical, dimension( * ) SELECT, integer N,
       double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension( ldq, *
       ) Q, integer LDQ, double precision, dimension( * ) WR, double precision, dimension( * )
       WI, integer M, double precision S, double precision SEP, double precision, dimension( * )
       WORK, integer LWORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer LIWORK, integer INFO)
       DTRSEN

       Purpose:

            DTRSEN reorders the real Schur factorization of a real matrix
            A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in
            the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
            and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the
            corresponding right invariant subspace.

            Optionally the routine computes the reciprocal condition numbers of
            the cluster of eigenvalues and/or the invariant subspace.

            T must be in Schur canonical form (as returned by DHSEQR), that is,
            block upper triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks; each
            2-by-2 diagonal block has its diagonal elements equal and its
            off-diagonal elements of opposite sign.

       Parameters
           JOB

                     JOB is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether condition numbers are required for the
                     cluster of eigenvalues (S) or the invariant subspace (SEP):
                     = 'N': none;
                     = 'E': for eigenvalues only (S);
                     = 'V': for invariant subspace only (SEP);
                     = 'B': for both eigenvalues and invariant subspace (S and
                            SEP).

           COMPQ

                     COMPQ is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'V': update the matrix Q of Schur vectors;
                     = 'N': do not update Q.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     SELECT specifies the eigenvalues in the selected cluster. To
                     select a real eigenvalue w(j), SELECT(j) must be set to
                     .TRUE.. To select a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues
                     w(j) and w(j+1), corresponding to a 2-by-2 diagonal block,
                     either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) or both must be set to
                     .TRUE.; a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues must be
                     either both included in the cluster or both excluded.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix T. N >= 0.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     On entry, the upper quasi-triangular matrix T, in Schur
                     canonical form.
                     On exit, T is overwritten by the reordered matrix T, again in
                     Schur canonical form, with the selected eigenvalues in the
                     leading diagonal blocks.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= max(1,N).

           Q

                     Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N)
                     On entry, if COMPQ = 'V', the matrix Q of Schur vectors.
                     On exit, if COMPQ = 'V', Q has been postmultiplied by the
                     orthogonal transformation matrix which reorders T; the
                     leading M columns of Q form an orthonormal basis for the
                     specified invariant subspace.
                     If COMPQ = 'N', Q is not referenced.

           LDQ

                     LDQ is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array Q.
                     LDQ >= 1; and if COMPQ = 'V', LDQ >= N.

           WR

                     WR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

           WI

                     WI is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)

                     The real and imaginary parts, respectively, of the reordered
                     eigenvalues of T. The eigenvalues are stored in the same
                     order as on the diagonal of T, with WR(i) = T(i,i) and, if
                     T(i:i+1,i:i+1) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block, WI(i) > 0 and
                     WI(i+1) = -WI(i). Note that if a complex eigenvalue is
                     sufficiently ill-conditioned, then its value may differ
                     significantly from its value before reordering.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the specified invariant subspace.
                     0 < = M <= N.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', S is a lower bound on the reciprocal
                     condition number for the selected cluster of eigenvalues.
                     S cannot underestimate the true reciprocal condition number
                     by more than a factor of sqrt(N). If M = 0 or N, S = 1.
                     If JOB = 'N' or 'V', S is not referenced.

           SEP

                     SEP is DOUBLE PRECISION
                     If JOB = 'V' or 'B', SEP is the estimated reciprocal
                     condition number of the specified invariant subspace. If
                     M = 0 or N, SEP = norm(T).
                     If JOB = 'N' or 'E', SEP is not referenced.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.
                     If JOB = 'N', LWORK >= max(1,N);
                     if JOB = 'E', LWORK >= max(1,M*(N-M));
                     if JOB = 'V' or 'B', LWORK >= max(1,2*M*(N-M)).

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (MAX(1,LIWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK.

           LIWORK

                     LIWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array IWORK.
                     If JOB = 'N' or 'E', LIWORK >= 1;
                     if JOB = 'V' or 'B', LIWORK >= max(1,M*(N-M)).

                     If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the
                     routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array,
                     returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and
                     no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     = 1: reordering of T failed because some eigenvalues are too
                          close to separate (the problem is very ill-conditioned);
                          T may have been partially reordered, and WR and WI
                          contain the eigenvalues in the same order as in T; S and
                          SEP (if requested) are set to zero.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             DTRSEN first collects the selected eigenvalues by computing an
             orthogonal transformation Z to move them to the top left corner of T.
             In other words, the selected eigenvalues are the eigenvalues of T11
             in:

                     Z**T * T * Z = ( T11 T12 ) n1
                                    (  0  T22 ) n2
                                       n1  n2

             where N = n1+n2 and Z**T means the transpose of Z. The first n1 columns
             of Z span the specified invariant subspace of T.

             If T has been obtained from the real Schur factorization of a matrix
             A = Q*T*Q**T, then the reordered real Schur factorization of A is given
             by A = (Q*Z)*(Z**T*T*Z)*(Q*Z)**T, and the first n1 columns of Q*Z span
             the corresponding invariant subspace of A.

             The reciprocal condition number of the average of the eigenvalues of
             T11 may be returned in S. S lies between 0 (very badly conditioned)
             and 1 (very well conditioned). It is computed as follows. First we
             compute R so that

                                    P = ( I  R ) n1
                                        ( 0  0 ) n2
                                          n1 n2

             is the projector on the invariant subspace associated with T11.
             R is the solution of the Sylvester equation:

                                   T11*R - R*T22 = T12.

             Let F-norm(M) denote the Frobenius-norm of M and 2-norm(M) denote
             the two-norm of M. Then S is computed as the lower bound

                                 (1 + F-norm(R)**2)**(-1/2)

             on the reciprocal of 2-norm(P), the true reciprocal condition number.
             S cannot underestimate 1 / 2-norm(P) by more than a factor of
             sqrt(N).

             An approximate error bound for the computed average of the
             eigenvalues of T11 is

                                    EPS * norm(T) / S

             where EPS is the machine precision.

             The reciprocal condition number of the right invariant subspace
             spanned by the first n1 columns of Z (or of Q*Z) is returned in SEP.
             SEP is defined as the separation of T11 and T22:

                                sep( T11, T22 ) = sigma-min( C )

             where sigma-min(C) is the smallest singular value of the
             n1*n2-by-n1*n2 matrix

                C  = kprod( I(n2), T11 ) - kprod( transpose(T22), I(n1) )

             I(m) is an m by m identity matrix, and kprod denotes the Kronecker
             product. We estimate sigma-min(C) by the reciprocal of an estimate of
             the 1-norm of inverse(C). The true reciprocal 1-norm of inverse(C)
             cannot differ from sigma-min(C) by more than a factor of sqrt(n1*n2).

             When SEP is small, small changes in T can cause large changes in
             the invariant subspace. An approximate bound on the maximum angular
             error in the computed right invariant subspace is

                                 EPS * norm(T) / SEP

   subroutine dtrsna (character JOB, character HOWMNY, logical, dimension( * ) SELECT, integer N,
       double precision, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, double precision, dimension( ldvl, *
       ) VL, integer LDVL, double precision, dimension( ldvr, * ) VR, integer LDVR, double
       precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision, dimension( * ) SEP, integer MM, integer M,
       double precision, dimension( ldwork, * ) WORK, integer LDWORK, integer, dimension( * )
       IWORK, integer INFO)
       DTRSNA

       Purpose:

            DTRSNA estimates reciprocal condition numbers for specified
            eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper
            quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q
            orthogonal).

            T must be in Schur canonical form (as returned by DHSEQR), that is,
            block upper triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks; each
            2-by-2 diagonal block has its diagonal elements equal and its
            off-diagonal elements of opposite sign.

       Parameters
           JOB

                     JOB is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether condition numbers are required for
                     eigenvalues (S) or eigenvectors (SEP):
                     = 'E': for eigenvalues only (S);
                     = 'V': for eigenvectors only (SEP);
                     = 'B': for both eigenvalues and eigenvectors (S and SEP).

           HOWMNY

                     HOWMNY is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'A': compute condition numbers for all eigenpairs;
                     = 'S': compute condition numbers for selected eigenpairs
                            specified by the array SELECT.

           SELECT

                     SELECT is LOGICAL array, dimension (N)
                     If HOWMNY = 'S', SELECT specifies the eigenpairs for which
                     condition numbers are required. To select condition numbers
                     for the eigenpair corresponding to a real eigenvalue w(j),
                     SELECT(j) must be set to .TRUE.. To select condition numbers
                     corresponding to a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues w(j)
                     and w(j+1), either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) or both, must be
                     set to .TRUE..
                     If HOWMNY = 'A', SELECT is not referenced.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix T. N >= 0.

           T

                     T is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The upper quasi-triangular matrix T, in Schur canonical form.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= max(1,N).

           VL

                     VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,M)
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', VL must contain left eigenvectors of T
                     (or of any Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal), corresponding to the
                     eigenpairs specified by HOWMNY and SELECT. The eigenvectors
                     must be stored in consecutive columns of VL, as returned by
                     DHSEIN or DTREVC.
                     If JOB = 'V', VL is not referenced.

           LDVL

                     LDVL is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VL.
                     LDVL >= 1; and if JOB = 'E' or 'B', LDVL >= N.

           VR

                     VR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,M)
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', VR must contain right eigenvectors of T
                     (or of any Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal), corresponding to the
                     eigenpairs specified by HOWMNY and SELECT. The eigenvectors
                     must be stored in consecutive columns of VR, as returned by
                     DHSEIN or DTREVC.
                     If JOB = 'V', VR is not referenced.

           LDVR

                     LDVR is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array VR.
                     LDVR >= 1; and if JOB = 'E' or 'B', LDVR >= N.

           S

                     S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MM)
                     If JOB = 'E' or 'B', the reciprocal condition numbers of the
                     selected eigenvalues, stored in consecutive elements of the
                     array. For a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues two
                     consecutive elements of S are set to the same value. Thus
                     S(j), SEP(j), and the j-th columns of VL and VR all
                     correspond to the same eigenpair (but not in general the
                     j-th eigenpair, unless all eigenpairs are selected).
                     If JOB = 'V', S is not referenced.

           SEP

                     SEP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MM)
                     If JOB = 'V' or 'B', the estimated reciprocal condition
                     numbers of the selected eigenvectors, stored in consecutive
                     elements of the array. For a complex eigenvector two
                     consecutive elements of SEP are set to the same value. If
                     the eigenvalues cannot be reordered to compute SEP(j), SEP(j)
                     is set to 0; this can only occur when the true value would be
                     very small anyway.
                     If JOB = 'E', SEP is not referenced.

           MM

                     MM is INTEGER
                     The number of elements in the arrays S (if JOB = 'E' or 'B')
                      and/or SEP (if JOB = 'V' or 'B'). MM >= M.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of elements of the arrays S and/or SEP actually
                     used to store the estimated condition numbers.
                     If HOWMNY = 'A', M is set to N.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDWORK,N+6)
                     If JOB = 'E', WORK is not referenced.

           LDWORK

                     LDWORK is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array WORK.
                     LDWORK >= 1; and if JOB = 'V' or 'B', LDWORK >= N.

           IWORK

                     IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (2*(N-1))
                     If JOB = 'E', IWORK is not referenced.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The reciprocal of the condition number of an eigenvalue lambda is
             defined as

                     S(lambda) = |v**T*u| / (norm(u)*norm(v))

             where u and v are the right and left eigenvectors of T corresponding
             to lambda; v**T denotes the transpose of v, and norm(u)
             denotes the Euclidean norm. These reciprocal condition numbers always
             lie between zero (very badly conditioned) and one (very well
             conditioned). If n = 1, S(lambda) is defined to be 1.

             An approximate error bound for a computed eigenvalue W(i) is given by

                                 EPS * norm(T) / S(i)

             where EPS is the machine precision.

             The reciprocal of the condition number of the right eigenvector u
             corresponding to lambda is defined as follows. Suppose

                         T = ( lambda  c  )
                             (   0    T22 )

             Then the reciprocal condition number is

                     SEP( lambda, T22 ) = sigma-min( T22 - lambda*I )

             where sigma-min denotes the smallest singular value. We approximate
             the smallest singular value by the reciprocal of an estimate of the
             one-norm of the inverse of T22 - lambda*I. If n = 1, SEP(1) is
             defined to be abs(T(1,1)).

             An approximate error bound for a computed right eigenvector VR(i)
             is given by

                                 EPS * norm(T) / SEP(i)

   subroutine dtrti2 (character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)
       DTRTI2 computes the inverse of a triangular matrix (unblocked algorithm).

       Purpose:

            DTRTI2 computes the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular
            matrix.

            This is the Level 2 BLAS version of the algorithm.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower triangular.
                     = 'U':  Upper triangular
                     = 'L':  Lower triangular

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies whether or not the matrix A is unit triangular.
                     = 'N':  Non-unit triangular
                     = 'U':  Unit triangular

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the
                     leading n by n upper triangular part of the array A contains
                     the upper triangular matrix, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading n by n lower triangular part of the array A contains
                     the lower triangular matrix, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If DIAG = 'U', the
                     diagonal elements of A are also not referenced and are
                     assumed to be 1.

                     On exit, the (triangular) inverse of the original matrix, in
                     the same storage format.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrtri (character UPLO, character DIAG, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)
       DTRTRI

       Purpose:

            DTRTRI computes the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular
            matrix A.

            This is the Level 3 BLAS version of the algorithm.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the
                     leading N-by-N upper triangular part of the array A contains
                     the upper triangular matrix, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading N-by-N lower triangular part of the array A contains
                     the lower triangular matrix, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If DIAG = 'U', the
                     diagonal elements of A are also not referenced and are
                     assumed to be 1.
                     On exit, the (triangular) inverse of the original matrix, in
                     the same storage format.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, A(i,i) is exactly zero.  The triangular
                          matrix is singular and its inverse can not be computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrtrs (character UPLO, character TRANS, character DIAG, integer N, integer NRHS,
       double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, *
       ) B, integer LDB, integer INFO)
       DTRTRS

       Purpose:

            DTRTRS solves a triangular system of the form

               A * X = B  or  A**T * X = B,

            where A is a triangular matrix of order N, and B is an N-by-NRHS
            matrix.  A check is made to verify that A is nonsingular.

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular;
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     Specifies the form of the system of equations:
                     = 'N':  A * X = B  (No transpose)
                     = 'T':  A**T * X = B  (Transpose)
                     = 'C':  A**H * X = B  (Conjugate transpose = Transpose)

           DIAG

                     DIAG is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  A is non-unit triangular;
                     = 'U':  A is unit triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

           NRHS

                     NRHS is INTEGER
                     The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns
                     of the matrix B.  NRHS >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     The triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading N-by-N
                     upper triangular part of the array A contains the upper
                     triangular matrix, and the strictly lower triangular part of
                     A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the leading N-by-N lower
                     triangular part of the array A contains the lower triangular
                     matrix, and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not
                     referenced.  If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are
                     also not referenced and are assumed to be 1.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           B

                     B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS)
                     On entry, the right hand side matrix B.
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, the solution matrix X.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,N).

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
                     > 0: if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element of A is zero,
                          indicating that the matrix is singular and the solutions
                          X have not been computed.

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtrttf (character TRANSR, character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension(
       0: lda-1, 0: * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( 0: * ) ARF, integer INFO)
       DTRTTF copies a triangular matrix from the standard full format (TR) to the rectangular
       full packed format (TF).

       Purpose:

            DTRTTF copies a triangular matrix A from standard full format (TR)
            to rectangular full packed format (TF) .

       Parameters
           TRANSR

                     TRANSR is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  ARF in Normal form is wanted;
                     = 'T':  ARF in Transpose form is wanted.

           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  Upper triangle of A is stored;
                     = 'L':  Lower triangle of A is stored.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrix A. N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N).
                     On entry, the triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the
                     leading N-by-N upper triangular part of the array A contains
                     the upper triangular matrix, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading N-by-N lower triangular part of the array A contains
                     the lower triangular matrix, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the matrix A. LDA >= max(1,N).

           ARF

                     ARF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NT).
                     NT=N*(N+1)/2. On exit, the triangular matrix A in RFP format.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             We first consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             even. We give an example where N = 6.

                 AP is Upper             AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04 05       00
                 11 12 13 14 15       10 11
                    22 23 24 25       20 21 22
                       33 34 35       30 31 32 33
                          44 45       40 41 42 43 44
                             55       50 51 52 53 54 55

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:5,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(4:6,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the first three columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(1:6,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:2,0:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last three columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N even and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   03 04 05                33 43 53
                   13 14 15                00 44 54
                   23 24 25                10 11 55
                   33 34 35                20 21 22
                   00 44 45                30 31 32
                   01 11 55                40 41 42
                   02 12 22                50 51 52

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                03 13 23 33 00 01 02    33 00 10 20 30 40 50
                04 14 24 34 44 11 12    43 44 11 21 31 41 51
                05 15 25 35 45 55 22    53 54 55 22 32 42 52

             We then consider Rectangular Full Packed (RFP) Format when N is
             odd. We give an example where N = 5.

                AP is Upper                 AP is Lower

              00 01 02 03 04              00
                 11 12 13 14              10 11
                    22 23 24              20 21 22
                       33 34              30 31 32 33
                          44              40 41 42 43 44

             Let TRANSR = 'N'. RFP holds AP as follows:
             For UPLO = 'U' the upper trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the last
             three columns of AP upper. The lower triangle A(3:4,0:1) consists of
             the transpose of the first two columns of AP upper.
             For UPLO = 'L' the lower trapezoid A(0:4,0:2) consists of the first
             three columns of AP lower. The upper triangle A(0:1,1:2) consists of
             the transpose of the last two columns of AP lower.
             This covers the case N odd and TRANSR = 'N'.

                    RFP A                   RFP A

                   02 03 04                00 33 43
                   12 13 14                10 11 44
                   22 23 24                20 21 22
                   00 33 34                30 31 32
                   01 11 44                40 41 42

             Now let TRANSR = 'T'. RFP A in both UPLO cases is just the
             transpose of RFP A above. One therefore gets:

                      RFP A                   RFP A

                02 12 22 00 01             00 10 20 30 40 50
                03 13 23 33 11             33 11 21 31 41 51
                04 14 24 34 44             43 44 22 32 42 52

   subroutine dtrttp (character UPLO, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer
       LDA, double precision, dimension( * ) AP, integer INFO)
       DTRTTP copies a triangular matrix from the standard full format (TR) to the standard
       packed format (TP).

       Purpose:

            DTRTTP copies a triangular matrix A from full format (TR) to standard
            packed format (TP).

       Parameters
           UPLO

                     UPLO is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'U':  A is upper triangular.
                     = 'L':  A is lower triangular.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The order of the matrices AP and A.  N >= 0.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On exit, the triangular matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', the leading
                     N-by-N upper triangular part of A contains the upper
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.  If UPLO = 'L', the
                     leading N-by-N lower triangular part of A contains the lower
                     triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper
                     triangular part of A is not referenced.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,N).

           AP

                     AP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2)
                     On exit, the upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed
                     columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored
                     in the array AP as follows:
                     if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j;
                     if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

   subroutine dtzrzf (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA,
       double precision, dimension( * ) TAU, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer
       LWORK, integer INFO)
       DTZRZF

       Purpose:

            DTZRZF reduces the M-by-N ( M<=N ) real upper trapezoidal matrix A
            to upper triangular form by means of orthogonal transformations.

            The upper trapezoidal matrix A is factored as

               A = ( R  0 ) * Z,

            where Z is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix and R is an M-by-M upper
            triangular matrix.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= M.

           A

                     A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
                     On entry, the leading M-by-N upper trapezoidal part of the
                     array A must contain the matrix to be factorized.
                     On exit, the leading M-by-M upper triangular part of A
                     contains the upper triangular matrix R, and elements M+1 to
                     N of the first M rows of A, with the array TAU, represent the
                     orthogonal matrix Z as a product of M elementary reflectors.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           TAU

                     TAU is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M)
                     The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors.

           WORK

                     WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MAX(1,LWORK))
                     On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK.

           LWORK

                     LWORK is INTEGER
                     The dimension of the array WORK.  LWORK >= max(1,M).
                     For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is
                     the optimal blocksize.

                     If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine
                     only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns
                     this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error
                     message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Contributors:
           A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA

       Further Details:

             The N-by-N matrix Z can be computed by

                Z =  Z(1)*Z(2)* ... *Z(M)

             where each N-by-N Z(k) is given by

                Z(k) = I - tau(k)*v(k)*v(k)**T

             with v(k) is the kth row vector of the M-by-N matrix

                V = ( I   A(:,M+1:N) )

             I is the M-by-M identity matrix, A(:,M+1:N)
             is the output stored in A on exit from DTZRZF,
             and tau(k) is the kth element of the array TAU.

   subroutine stplqt (integer M, integer N, integer L, integer MB, real, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, real, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, real, dimension( ldt, * ) T,
       integer LDT, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       STPLQT

       Purpose:

            STPLQT computes a blocked LQ factorization of a real
            'triangular-pentagonal' matrix C, which is composed of a
            triangular block A and pentagonal block B, using the compact
            WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B, and the order of the
                     triangular matrix A.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size to be used in the blocked QR.  M >= MB >= 1.

           A

                     A is REAL array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is REAL array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is REAL array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The lower triangular block reflectors stored in compact form
                     as a sequence of upper triangular blocks.  See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           WORK

                     WORK is REAL array, dimension (MB*M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ] [ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 on left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:
                     [ B ] = [ B1 ] [ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             M-by-M lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C
                       [ C ] = [ A ] [ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as
                       [ W ] = [ I ] [ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,
                       [ V ] = [ V1 ] [ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.

             The number of blocks is B = ceiling(M/MB), where each
             block is of order MB except for the last block, which is of order
             IB = M - (M-1)*MB.  For each of the B blocks, a upper triangular block
             reflector factor is computed: T1, T2, ..., TB.  The MB-by-MB (and IB-by-IB
             for the last block) T's are stored in the MB-by-N matrix T as

                          T = [T1 T2 ... TB].

   subroutine stplqt2 (integer M, integer N, integer L, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA,
       real, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, real, dimension( ldt, * ) T, integer LDT,
       integer INFO)
       STPLQT2 computes a LQ factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal' matrix,
       which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the compact WY
       representation for Q.

       Purpose:

            STPLQT2 computes a LQ a factorization of a real 'triangular-pentagonal'
            matrix C, which is composed of a triangular block A and pentagonal block B,
            using the compact WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of rows of the matrix B.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B, and the order of
                     the triangular matrix A.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           A

                     A is REAL array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is REAL array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is REAL array, dimension (LDT,M)
                     The N-by-N upper triangular factor T of the block reflector.
                     See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= max(1,M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ][ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:

                          B = [ B1 ][ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             N-by-N lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C

                          C = [ A ][ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as

                          W = [ I ][ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,

                          W = [ V1 ][ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.
             The (M+N)-by-(M+N) block reflector H is then given by

                          H = I - W**T * T * W

             where W^H is the conjugate transpose of W and T is the upper triangular
             factor of the block reflector.

   subroutine stpmlqt (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, integer MB, real, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, real, dimension( ldt, * ) T,
       integer LDT, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, real, dimension( ldb, * ) B,
       integer LDB, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       STPMLQT

       Purpose:

            STPMLQT applies a real orthogonal matrix Q obtained from a
            'triangular-pentagonal' real block reflector H to a general
            real matrix C, which consists of two blocks A and B.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'T':  Transpose, apply Q**T.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The order of the trapezoidal part of V.
                     K >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size used for the storage of T.  K >= MB >= 1.
                     This must be the same value of MB used to generate T
                     in STPLQT.

           V

                     V is REAL array, dimension (LDV,K)
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     STPLQT in B.  See Further Details.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= K.

           T

                     T is REAL array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The upper triangular factors of the block reflectors
                     as returned by STPLQT, stored as a MB-by-K matrix.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           A

                     A is REAL array, dimension
                     (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'L' or
                     (LDA,K) if SIDE = 'R'
                     On entry, the K-by-N or M-by-K matrix A.
                     On exit, A is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q or C*Q**T.  See Further Details.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,K);
                     If SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is REAL array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, B is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q or C*Q**T.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.
                     LDB >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is REAL array. The dimension of WORK is
                      N*MB if SIDE = 'L', or  M*MB if SIDE = 'R'.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The columns of the pentagonal matrix V contain the elementary reflectors
             H(1), H(2), ..., H(K); V is composed of a rectangular block V1 and a
             trapezoidal block V2:

                   V = [V1] [V2].

             The size of the trapezoidal block V2 is determined by the parameter L,
             where 0 <= L <= K; V2 is lower trapezoidal, consisting of the first L
             rows of a K-by-K upper triangular matrix.  If L=K, V2 is lower triangular;
             if L=0, there is no trapezoidal block, hence V = V1 is rectangular.

             If SIDE = 'L':  C = [A]  where A is K-by-N,  B is M-by-N and V is K-by-M.
                                 [B]

             If SIDE = 'R':  C = [A B]  where A is M-by-K, B is M-by-N and V is K-by-N.

             The real orthogonal matrix Q is formed from V and T.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q * C.

             If TRANS='T' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q**T * C.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q.

             If TRANS='T' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q**T.

   subroutine ztplqt (integer M, integer N, integer L, integer MB, complex*16, dimension( lda, *
       ) A, integer LDA, complex*16, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, complex*16, dimension(
       ldt, * ) T, integer LDT, complex*16, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       ZTPLQT

       Purpose:

            ZTPLQT computes a blocked LQ factorization of a complex
            'triangular-pentagonal' matrix C, which is composed of a
            triangular block A and pentagonal block B, using the compact
            WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B, and the order of the
                     triangular matrix A.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size to be used in the blocked QR.  M >= MB >= 1.

           A

                     A is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDT,N)
                     The lower triangular block reflectors stored in compact form
                     as a sequence of upper triangular blocks.  See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           WORK

                     WORK is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (MB*M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ] [ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 on left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:
                     [ B ] = [ B1 ] [ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             M-by-M lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C
                       [ C ] = [ A ] [ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as
                       [ W ] = [ I ] [ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,
                       [ V ] = [ V1 ] [ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <- M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.

             The number of blocks is B = ceiling(M/MB), where each
             block is of order MB except for the last block, which is of order
             IB = M - (M-1)*MB.  For each of the B blocks, a upper triangular block
             reflector factor is computed: T1, T2, ..., TB.  The MB-by-MB (and IB-by-IB
             for the last block) T's are stored in the MB-by-N matrix T as

                          T = [T1 T2 ... TB].

   subroutine ztplqt2 (integer M, integer N, integer L, complex*16, dimension( lda, * ) A,
       integer LDA, complex*16, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, complex*16, dimension( ldt, *
       ) T, integer LDT, integer INFO)
       ZTPLQT2 computes a LQ factorization of a real or complex 'triangular-pentagonal' matrix,
       which is composed of a triangular block and a pentagonal block, using the compact WY
       representation for Q.

       Purpose:

            ZTPLQT2 computes a LQ a factorization of a complex 'triangular-pentagonal'
            matrix C, which is composed of a triangular block A and pentagonal block B,
            using the compact WY representation for Q.

       Parameters
           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The total number of rows of the matrix B.
                     M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B, and the order of
                     the triangular matrix A.
                     N >= 0.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the lower trapezoidal part of B.
                     MIN(M,N) >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           A

                     A is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDA,M)
                     On entry, the lower triangular M-by-M matrix A.
                     On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array
                     contain the lower triangular matrix L.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the pentagonal M-by-N matrix B.  The first N-L columns
                     are rectangular, and the last L columns are lower trapezoidal.
                     On exit, B contains the pentagonal matrix V.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

           T

                     T is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDT,M)
                     The N-by-N upper triangular factor T of the block reflector.
                     See Further Details.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= max(1,M)

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0: successful exit
                     < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The input matrix C is a M-by-(M+N) matrix

                          C = [ A ][ B ]

             where A is an lower triangular M-by-M matrix, and B is M-by-N pentagonal
             matrix consisting of a M-by-(N-L) rectangular matrix B1 left of a M-by-L
             upper trapezoidal matrix B2:

                          B = [ B1 ][ B2 ]
                              [ B1 ]  <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ B2 ]  <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The lower trapezoidal matrix B2 consists of the first L columns of a
             N-by-N lower triangular matrix, where 0 <= L <= MIN(M,N).  If L=0,
             B is rectangular M-by-N; if M=L=N, B is lower triangular.

             The matrix W stores the elementary reflectors H(i) in the i-th row
             above the diagonal (of A) in the M-by-(M+N) input matrix C

                          C = [ A ][ B ]
                              [ A ]  <- lower triangular M-by-M
                              [ B ]  <- M-by-N pentagonal

             so that W can be represented as

                          W = [ I ][ V ]
                              [ I ]  <- identity, M-by-M
                              [ V ]  <- M-by-N, same form as B.

             Thus, all of information needed for W is contained on exit in B, which
             we call V above.  Note that V has the same form as B; that is,

                          W = [ V1 ][ V2 ]
                              [ V1 ] <-     M-by-(N-L) rectangular
                              [ V2 ] <-     M-by-L lower trapezoidal.

             The rows of V represent the vectors which define the H(i)'s.
             The (M+N)-by-(M+N) block reflector H is then given by

                          H = I - W**T * T * W

             where W^H is the conjugate transpose of W and T is the upper triangular
             factor of the block reflector.

   subroutine ztpmlqt (character SIDE, character TRANS, integer M, integer N, integer K, integer
       L, integer MB, complex*16, dimension( ldv, * ) V, integer LDV, complex*16, dimension( ldt,
       * ) T, integer LDT, complex*16, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, complex*16, dimension(
       ldb, * ) B, integer LDB, complex*16, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)
       ZTPMLQT

       Purpose:

            ZTPMLQT applies a complex unitary matrix Q obtained from a
            'triangular-pentagonal' complex block reflector H to a general
            complex matrix C, which consists of two blocks A and B.

       Parameters
           SIDE

                     SIDE is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'L': apply Q or Q**H from the Left;
                     = 'R': apply Q or Q**H from the Right.

           TRANS

                     TRANS is CHARACTER*1
                     = 'N':  No transpose, apply Q;
                     = 'C':  Conjugate transpose, apply Q**H.

           M

                     M is INTEGER
                     The number of rows of the matrix B. M >= 0.

           N

                     N is INTEGER
                     The number of columns of the matrix B. N >= 0.

           K

                     K is INTEGER
                     The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines
                     the matrix Q.

           L

                     L is INTEGER
                     The order of the trapezoidal part of V.
                     K >= L >= 0.  See Further Details.

           MB

                     MB is INTEGER
                     The block size used for the storage of T.  K >= MB >= 1.
                     This must be the same value of MB used to generate T
                     in ZTPLQT.

           V

                     V is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDV,K)
                     The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the
                     elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by
                     ZTPLQT in B.  See Further Details.

           LDV

                     LDV is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= K.

           T

                     T is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDT,K)
                     The upper triangular factors of the block reflectors
                     as returned by ZTPLQT, stored as a MB-by-K matrix.

           LDT

                     LDT is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array T.  LDT >= MB.

           A

                     A is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension
                     (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'L' or
                     (LDA,K) if SIDE = 'R'
                     On entry, the K-by-N or M-by-K matrix A.
                     On exit, A is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**H*C or C*Q or C*Q**H.  See Further Details.

           LDA

                     LDA is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array A.
                     If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,K);
                     If SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,M).

           B

                     B is COMPLEX*16 array, dimension (LDB,N)
                     On entry, the M-by-N matrix B.
                     On exit, B is overwritten by the corresponding block of
                     Q*C or Q**H*C or C*Q or C*Q**H.  See Further Details.

           LDB

                     LDB is INTEGER
                     The leading dimension of the array B.
                     LDB >= max(1,M).

           WORK

                     WORK is COMPLEX*16 array. The dimension of WORK is
                      N*MB if SIDE = 'L', or  M*MB if SIDE = 'R'.

           INFO

                     INFO is INTEGER
                     = 0:  successful exit
                     < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value

       Author
           Univ. of Tennessee

           Univ. of California Berkeley

           Univ. of Colorado Denver

           NAG Ltd.

       Further Details:

             The columns of the pentagonal matrix V contain the elementary reflectors
             H(1), H(2), ..., H(K); V is composed of a rectangular block V1 and a
             trapezoidal block V2:

                   V = [V1] [V2].

             The size of the trapezoidal block V2 is determined by the parameter L,
             where 0 <= L <= K; V2 is lower trapezoidal, consisting of the first L
             rows of a K-by-K upper triangular matrix.  If L=K, V2 is lower triangular;
             if L=0, there is no trapezoidal block, hence V = V1 is rectangular.

             If SIDE = 'L':  C = [A]  where A is K-by-N,  B is M-by-N and V is K-by-M.
                                 [B]

             If SIDE = 'R':  C = [A B]  where A is M-by-K, B is M-by-N and V is K-by-N.

             The complex unitary matrix Q is formed from V and T.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q * C.

             If TRANS='C' and SIDE='L', C is on exit replaced with Q**H * C.

             If TRANS='N' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q.

             If TRANS='C' and SIDE='R', C is on exit replaced with C * Q**H.

Author

       Generated automatically by Doxygen for LAPACK from the source code.